TW201742607A - Sanitary product - Google Patents

Sanitary product Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201742607A
TW201742607A TW106113384A TW106113384A TW201742607A TW 201742607 A TW201742607 A TW 201742607A TW 106113384 A TW106113384 A TW 106113384A TW 106113384 A TW106113384 A TW 106113384A TW 201742607 A TW201742607 A TW 201742607A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
liquid film
agent
liquid
film cracking
Prior art date
Application number
TW106113384A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI663966B (en
Inventor
Yuka Suzuki
Shigehiro Matsubara
Yuta Sangawa
Yoshiaki Kabaya
Original Assignee
Kao Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Kao Corp filed Critical Kao Corp
Publication of TW201742607A publication Critical patent/TW201742607A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI663966B publication Critical patent/TWI663966B/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00—Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • A61L15/16—Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons
    • A61L15/22—Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons containing macromolecular materials
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00—Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • A61L15/16—Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons
    • A61L15/42—Use of materials characterised by their function or physical properties
    • A61L15/44—Medicaments

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

This sanitary product (10) comprises: a front surface sheet (20) located on a skin-contact side; a back surface sheet (30) located on a non-skin-contact side; and an absorbent body (40) sandwiched therebetween. A blood-cell-agglutinating-agent-containing region that contains a blood cell agglutinating agent and a liquid-film-cleavage-agent-containing region that contains a liquid film cleavage agent are disposed in the absorbent body (40) or toward the skin-contact side from the absorbent body (40). For example, the liquid-film-cleavage-agent-containing region can be disposed on the surface sheet (20) and the blood-cell-agglutinating-agent-containing region can be disposed on a core wrap sheet (42) constituting the absorbent body (40).

Description

生理用品Physiological supplies

本發明係關於一種用於吸收經血之生理用品。The present invention relates to a physiological product for absorbing menstrual blood.

女性之經血或陰道分泌物等之處理時使用生理用品。生理用品通常成為在位於其肌膚抵接面側之正面片材與位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材之間設置有能夠吸收保持經血等排泄物之吸收體的構成。 已知對此種生理用品應用陽離子性之高分子材料而提高各項性能之技術。例如專利文獻1中記載有包含經會使血液中之紅血球成為塊狀、或將其溶解之處理劑處理之多孔性不織網狀材料的衛生棉或棉塞等個人護理吸收性物品。同文獻中，關於該處理劑，使用作為帶有較強正電之聚合物的聚陽離子材料。該處理劑於血液進入或通過吸收性物品時，使血液中之紅血球凝集或溶解。 又，專利文獻2中揭示有為了改善吸收經血後之頂部片材之肌膚觸感而使頂部片材包含血液改質劑者。該血液改質劑會降低血液之黏度及表面張力，使血球穩定化而不易形成錢串結構，從而使吸收體容易吸收經血。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] 專利文獻1：日本專利特表2002-528232號公報 專利文獻2：日本專利特開2013-063245號公報Physiological supplies are used in the treatment of women's menstrual blood or vaginal secretions. In the physiological product, a structure in which an absorbent sheet capable of absorbing excrement such as menstrual blood is provided between the front sheet on the skin contact surface side and the back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side is provided. A technique for applying a cationic polymer material to such a physiological product to improve various properties is known. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a personal care absorbent article such as a sanitary napkin or a tampon that includes a porous nonwoven web material that treats red blood cells in a blood mass or a treatment agent that dissolves them. In the same literature, as the treating agent, a polycationic material which is a polymer having a strong positive charge is used. The treatment agent agglomerates or dissolves red blood cells in the blood as it enters or passes through the absorbent article. Further, Patent Document 2 discloses that the top sheet contains a blood modifying agent in order to improve the skin feel of the top sheet after menstrual absorption. The blood modifying agent lowers the viscosity and surface tension of the blood, stabilizes the blood cells and does not easily form a string structure, so that the absorber easily absorbs menstrual blood. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-528232 (Patent Document 2) Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-063245

本發明提供一種生理用品，其具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體。本發明之生理用品 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有血球凝集劑之含血球凝集劑區域、與 含有液膜開裂劑之含液膜開裂劑區域。 又，本發明提供一種生理用品，其具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體。本發明之生理用品 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有陽離子性聚合物之含陽離子性聚合物區域、與 含有下述化合物C1之含化合物區域。 [化合物C1] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上的化合物。 又，本發明提供一種生理用品，其具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體。本發明之生理用品 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有陽離子性聚合物之含陽離子性聚合物區域、與 含有下述化合物C2之含化合物區域。 [化合物C2] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m、且對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下的化合物。The present invention provides a physiological product comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the sheets. In the physiological product of the present invention, a blood cell aggregating agent containing a hemagglutinating agent and a liquid film cracking agent containing a liquid film cracking agent are disposed on the skin contacting surface side of the absorbent body or the absorbent body. Moreover, the present invention provides a physiological product comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the sheets. In the physiological product of the present invention, a cationic polymer-containing region containing a cationic polymer and a compound-containing compound containing the following compound C1 are disposed on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body or the absorbent body. [Compound C1] A compound having a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of 15 mN/m or more. Moreover, the present invention provides a physiological product comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the sheets. In the physiological product of the present invention, a cationic polymer-containing region containing a cationic polymer and a compound-containing region containing the following compound C2 are disposed on the skin contacting surface side of the absorbent body or the absorbent body. [Compound C2] A compound having a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of more than 0 mN/m and an interfacial tension of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of 20 mN/m or less.

已知高吸收性聚合物對水分之吸收速度或吸收量根據水分之種類而不同。例如比較使高吸收性聚合物吸收生理食鹽水與使之吸收血液之情形，則相較於生理食鹽水，血液之吸收速度較慢、且吸收量亦較少。因此，為了提高生理用品之性能，重要的是提昇高吸收性聚合物對血液之各種吸收性能。專利文獻1或專利文獻2中揭示有改質血液之劑，但對於提昇高吸收性聚合物之吸收性能、減少生理用品之回液量而言不充分。 又，生理用品之位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材於未使用狀態下通常呈白色，因此生理用品之使用者自正面片材側觀察所取下之使用後之生理用品，根據表面為白色而對吸收性能感到放心。因此，要求使用後之表面白度更優異。專利文獻1或專利文獻2中無有關表面白度之記載，就該觀點而言，未進行應將所改質之血液保持於生理用品中之哪一部位的相關研究。 本發明者等人以生理用品中之經血之吸收容量之提高為目的，進行各種研究，結果發現：經血所含之紅血球被覆於高吸收性聚合物之表面則會引起高吸收性聚合物對經血之吸收性能(吸收速度、吸收量)之降低，進而導致生理用品之回液量之增大。為了防止該不良情況，獲得如下見解：於生理用品中之與高吸收性聚合物相比能夠先接觸使用者所排泄之經血的部位配置具有使紅血球凝集之能力之水溶性陽離子性聚合物對減少生理用品之回液量有效。然而，可知於藉由水溶性陽離子性聚合物而於生理用品之正面片材側形成紅血球之凝集塊之情形時，使用後之自正面片材側所見之外觀存在改善餘地。 又，本發明者等人以使用後之生理用品之表面白度之提高為目的，進行各種研究，結果發現：於正面片材等不織布中經血於纖維間形成液膜而滯留，此乃使用後之表面白度降低之重要原因。為了防止該不良情況，獲得如下見解：於正面片材等配置對於使用者所排泄之經血而具有使液膜開裂之能力之液膜開裂劑對提高使用後之生理用品之表面白度有效。可知藉由正面片材中之液膜消失而亦具有減少回液量之效果，但為了實現進一步之減少而仍有改善餘地。 因此，本發明係關於提供一種減少回液量、使用後而表面白度亦優異之生理用品。 以下，對本發明基於其較佳實施形態進行說明。本發明之生理用品一般而言具備液體保持性之吸收體。吸收體較佳為包含能夠吸收及保持水分之水凝膠材料之高吸收性聚合物。可於吸收體中之使用者之肌膚抵接面側配置液體透過性之正面片材。又，可於吸收體中之非肌膚抵接面側配置背面片材。本說明書中，「肌膚抵接面」係生理用品或其構成構件中之於生理用品之使用時朝向使用者之肌膚側的面，即相對而言更接近使用者肌膚一側之面。又，本說明書中，「非肌膚抵接面」係生理用品或其構成構件中之於生理用品被使用時朝向與使用者肌膚側相反一側之面，即朝向短褲等衣著之面，換言之，乃相較於肌膚抵接面，相對而言距離使用者肌膚較遠一側之面。 本發明之生理用品具有下文詳細說明之含有血球凝集劑之含血球凝集劑區域與下文詳細說明之含有液膜開裂劑之液膜開裂劑區域。利用血球凝集劑而提昇高吸收性聚合物之吸收量，並利用液膜開裂劑而控制吸收體內之液體擴散，藉此本發明提供一種減少回液量且使用後之表面白度優異之生理用品。 (血球凝集劑) 關於高吸收性聚合物對水分之吸收速度或吸收量根據水分之種類而不同之原因，本發明者經過各種研究，結果判明以下所述之事實。血液大致分為血漿等液體成分與紅血球等非液體成分，高吸收性聚合物所吸收之成分為血漿等液體成分。如圖2(a)所示，若經血1接觸高吸收性聚合物4，則僅經血1中之液體成分2被高吸收性聚合物4吸收，作為非液體成分3之紅血球未被高吸收性聚合物4吸收。若液體成分2向高吸收性聚合物4之吸收繼續進行，則如圖2(b)所示，未被高吸收性聚合物4吸收之非液體成分3蓄積於高吸收性聚合物4之表面而形成被膜5。因該被膜5之形成而阻礙高吸收性聚合物4之液體吸收，吸收速度下降。又，因被膜5之形成而亦阻礙高吸收性聚合物4之膨潤，吸收量下降。 關於用以防止發生如圖2(b)所示之現象而阻止吸收性能降低之方法，本發明者經過各種研究，結果判明有效的是使作為經血中之占非液體成分之大半之成分的紅血球如圖1所示般凝集而生成凝集塊6。藉由生成紅血球之凝集塊6，而於高吸收性聚合物4之表面不易生成凝集塊6之被膜，或即便生成了凝集塊6之被膜，該被膜內亦殘存有可供液體成分2透過之空間，因此不易對液體成分2之吸收產生阻礙。其結果，高吸收性聚合物4可充分發揮原本之吸收性能。如此，為了進一步提高吸收性能，紅血球之凝集塊粒徑越大越佳，凝集塊硬度越硬越佳。 該血球凝集劑若與作為典型之排泄物之經血接觸，則該血球凝集劑溶出至經血中，使經血所含之陰離子性之紅血球凝集而生成血球凝集塊，藉此使經血質層。藉由血球凝集效果而生成之血球凝集塊大於紅血球，因此即便存在血球凝集塊附著於高吸收性聚合物之表面之一部分之情況，亦不易發生高吸收性聚合物之表面之大部分被血球凝集塊覆蓋之類的不良情況，因此高吸收性聚合物原本具有之吸收性能得以穩定發揮。 作為用於本發明之生理用品之血球凝集劑，使用具有能夠使血液中之紅血球凝集之作用者。藉由血球凝集劑而凝集之紅血球成為凝集塊。作為血球凝集劑，可列舉日本專利特表2002-528232號公報中記載之流體處理劑、或日本專利特開昭57-153648號公報中記載之血液凝膠化劑，根據本發明者之見解，陽離子性聚合物作為血球凝集劑有用。其原因如下所述。紅血球於其表面具有紅血球膜。紅血球膜具有雙層構造。該雙層構造包括作為下層之紅血球膜骨架與作為上層之脂質皮膜。露出至紅血球表面之脂質皮膜包含稱為血型糖蛋白之蛋白質。血型糖蛋白於其末端具有鍵結有稱為唾液酸之帶陰離子電荷之糖之糖鏈。其結果，可將紅血球作為帶陰離子電荷之膠體粒子進行處理。於使膠體粒子凝集時一般使用凝集劑。考慮到紅血球為陰離子性之膠體粒子，就將紅血球之電雙層中和之方面而言，有利的是使用陽離子性之物質作為凝集劑。又，若凝集劑具有高分子鏈，則吸附於紅血球表面之凝集劑之高分子鏈彼此易產生纏繞，藉此促進紅血球之凝集。進而，於凝集劑具有官能基之情形時，藉由該官能基間之相互作用而亦促進紅血球之凝集，因而較佳。利用陽離子性聚合物，藉由以上之作用機制而能夠於經血中生成紅血球之凝集塊。 (形成凝集塊之性質) 本發明中所使用之血球凝集劑係以使血液中之紅血球凝集而將由血球凝集而成之凝集塊與血漿成分進行分離的方式作用。 作為所需之血球凝集劑，例如可列舉具有以下性質者。 即，於對模擬血液添加有1000 ppm之測定樣品劑時，於血液之流動性得以維持之狀態下，至少2個以上之紅血球凝集而形成凝集塊。 上述「血液之流動性得以維持之狀態」意指如下狀態：將添加有1000 ppm之測定樣品劑之模擬血液10 g裝入至螺旋管瓶(Maruemu股份有限公司製造，商品編號「螺旋管No.4」，口內徑14.5 mm、筒體直徑27 mm、全長 55mm)內，使裝有該模擬血液之螺旋管瓶反轉180度時，於20秒以內60%以上之該模擬血液流落。又，上述「模擬血液」係以使用B型黏度計(東機產業股份有限公司製造，型號TVB-10M，測定條件：轉子No.19、30 rpm、60秒)所測得之25℃下之黏度成為8 mPa・s之方式調整脫纖維馬血(Nippon Bio-Test Laboratories股份有限公司製造)之血球・血漿比率所得者。 上述「2個以上之紅血球凝集而形成凝集塊」實現與否係藉由如下方式判斷。即，利用生理食鹽水將添加有1000 ppm之測定樣品劑之模擬血液稀釋成4000倍，藉由使用雷射繞射/散射式粒度分佈測定裝置(堀場製作所股份有限公司製造，型號：LA-950V2，測定條件：流式細胞測定、循環速度1、無超音波)之雷射繞射散射法，於溫度25℃下所測得之體積粒徑平均之中值徑為相當於由2個以上之紅血球凝集而成之凝集塊之尺寸的10 μm以上之情形時，判斷實現了「2個以上之紅血球凝集而形成凝集塊」。 本發明中所使用之血球凝集劑為符合上述性質之單一化合物或將複數種符合上述性質之單一化合物加以組合而成之混合物、或藉由複數種化合物之組合而滿足上述性質(能夠實現紅血球之凝集)之劑。即，所謂血球凝集劑係限定於始終具有基於上述定義之血球凝集作用者的劑。因此，生理用品中所應用之化合物於包含不符合上述定義之第三成分之情形時，有別於血球凝集劑。再者，此處所謂「單一化合物」係包括雖具有相同之組成式，但因重複單元數不同而分子量不同之化合物在內的概念。 作為血球凝集劑，可任意使用國際公開第2016/093233號所記載者。 血球凝集劑較佳為血液之凝集速度為0.75 mPa・s/s以下。血液之凝集速度係血球凝集劑使血液凝集而形成凝集塊之能力之尺度，其值越小則表示經過一定時間後之凝集塊之尺寸越小。即，若藉由血球凝集劑使血液凝集，則於藉此生成之凝集塊於經過一定時間後尺寸較大之情形時，存在該凝集塊導致生理用品之構成構件發生阻塞而損害液體透過性之情況，因此藉由控制上述凝集速度，而不會發生因凝集塊導致液體透過性降低之情況，從而可提昇高吸收性聚合物之吸收容量。藉此，使自相矛盾之提高液體透過性之要求與提昇高吸收性聚合物之吸收容量之要求同時得以滿足。就該觀點而言，上述凝集速度更佳為0.32 mPa・s/s以下，進而較佳為0.15 mPa・s/s以下。凝集速度之下限值較佳為0.001 mPa・s/s以上，更佳為0.01 mPa・s/s以上。 上述凝集速度係藉由下述方法測定。凝集速度之測定所使用之血液為上述疑似血液。使用流變計(Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.製造，HAAKE RheoStress 6000)，對預先於載台上流散開之200 μL之血液滴加預先溶解有5%之血球凝集劑之生理食鹽水2 μL，利用35 mmϕ之錐板(梯度1度)於溫度：30度、剪切速率：101 (秒-1 )之條件下測定黏度變化。歷時50秒測定黏度變化，對所獲得之曲線進行直線近似，根據該直線之斜率而算出凝集速度。 關於本發明中所使用之血球凝集劑，作為較佳者，可列舉包含陽離子性聚合物者。陽離子性聚合物只要配置於吸收體或較吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側之任意之部位即可，但若使帶陰離子性之高吸收性聚合物附近不存在作為相反電荷之陽離子性聚合物，則陽離子性聚合物向經血之溶出不會受到抑制，紅血球變得容易凝集，可於高吸收性聚合物吸收液體之前獲得充分之凝集效果，從而較佳。 作為陽離子性聚合物，例如可列舉：陽離子化纖維素、或氯化羥丙基三甲基銨澱粉等陽離子化澱粉等。又，本發明中所使用之血球凝集劑亦可包含四級銨鹽均聚物、四級銨鹽共聚物或四級銨鹽縮聚物作為陽離子性聚合物。本發明中，所謂「四級銨鹽」，包括於氮原子之位置具有正一價電荷之化合物、或藉由中和而使氮原子之位置上產生正一價電荷之化合物，作為其具體例，可列舉：四級銨陽離子之鹽、三級胺之中和鹽、及於水溶液中帶陽離子之三級胺。以下所提及之「四級銨部位」亦採用相同之含義，係於水中帶正電之部位。又，本發明中，所謂「共聚物」係藉由使2種以上之聚合性單體進行共聚合而獲得之聚合物，包括二元系共聚物及三元系以上之共聚物兩者。本發明中，所謂「縮聚物」係藉由使包含2種以上之單體之縮合物進行聚合而獲得之縮聚物。 於本發明中所使用之血球凝集劑包含四級銨鹽均聚物及/或四級銨鹽共聚物及/或四級銨鹽縮聚物作為陽離子性聚合物之情形時，該血球凝集劑可包含四級銨鹽均聚物、四級銨鹽共聚物及四級銨鹽縮聚物中之任一種，或者亦可包含任意之2種以上之組合。又，四級銨鹽均聚物可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。同樣地，四級銨鹽共聚物可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。進而，同樣地，四級銨鹽縮聚物可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 上述各種陽離子性聚合物之中，就向紅血球之吸附性之方面而言，尤佳為使用四級銨鹽均聚物、四級銨鹽共聚物或四級銨鹽縮聚物。以下之說明中，為方便起見，將四級銨鹽均聚物、四級銨鹽共聚物及四級銨鹽縮聚物統稱為「四級銨鹽聚合物」。 四級銨鹽均聚物係藉由使用1種具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，使之聚合而獲得者。另一方面，四級銨鹽共聚物係藉由使用至少1種具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，視需要使用至少1種不具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，使該等共聚合而獲得者。即，四級銨鹽共聚物為使用2種以上之具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，使該等共聚合而獲得者，或為使用1種以上之具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體與1種以上之不具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，使該等共聚合而獲得者。四級銨鹽共聚物可為無規共聚物，亦可為交替共聚物，亦可為嵌段共聚物，或者亦可為接枝共聚物。四級銨鹽縮聚物係藉由使用包含1種以上之具有四級銨部位之單體的縮合物，使該等縮合物進行聚合而獲得者。即，四級銨鹽縮聚物為使用2種以上之具有四級銨部位之單體的縮合物，使之聚合而獲得者，或為使用包含1種以上之具有四級銨部位之單體與1種以上之不具有四級銨部位之單體的縮合物，使之縮聚合而獲得者。 四級銨鹽聚合物係具有四級銨部位之陽離子性之聚合物。四級銨部位可藉由使用烷基化劑之三級胺之四級銨化而生成。或者可使三級胺溶解於酸或水，藉由中和而生成。或者可藉由利用包含縮合反應之親核反應所進行之四級銨化而生成。作為烷基化劑，例如可列舉：鹵化烷基、或硫酸二甲酯及硫酸二甲酯等硫酸二烷基酯。該等烷基化劑中，若使用硫酸二烷基酯，則不會發生於使用鹵化烷基之情形時可能出現之腐蝕問題，因而較佳。作為酸，例如可列舉：鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、檸檬酸、磷酸、氟磺酸、硼酸、鉻酸、乳酸、草酸、酒石酸、葡萄糖酸、甲酸、抗壞血酸、玻尿酸等。尤其若使用藉由烷基化劑使三級胺部位實現四級銨化所獲得之四級銨鹽聚合物，則能夠確實地將紅血球之電雙層中和，因而較佳。關於利用包含縮合反應之親核反應所進行之四級銨化，可如二甲胺與表氯醇之開環縮聚合反應、雙氰胺與二伸乙基三胺之環化反應般進行。 就有效生成紅血球之凝集塊之觀點而言，陽離子性聚合物其分子量較佳為2000以上，更佳為1萬以上，進而較佳為3萬以上。藉由陽離子性聚合物之分子量為該等值以上，紅血球間之陽離子性聚合物彼此充分纏繞、或紅血球間之陽離子性聚合物充分交聯。分子量之上限值較佳為1000萬以下，更佳為500萬以下，進而較佳為300萬以下。藉由陽離子性聚合物之分子量為該等值以下，陽離子性聚合物良好地溶解至經血中。陽離子性聚合物之分子量較佳為2000以上且1000萬以下，更佳為2000以上且500萬以下，進而較佳為2000以上且300萬以下，進而更佳為1萬以上且300萬以下，尤佳為3萬以上且300萬以下。本發明中提及之所謂分子量係重量平均分子量。陽離子性聚合物之分子量可藉由適當選擇其聚合條件而進行控制。陽離子性聚合物之分子量可藉由下述方法測定。 就有效生成紅血球之凝集塊之觀點而言，陽離子性聚合物較佳為水溶性。此處提及之所謂「水溶性」係指藉由下述方法所測得之水溶解度為100 g以上者。 陽離子性聚合物較佳為具有主鏈與鍵結於主鏈之複數個側鏈之結構者。尤其四級銨鹽聚合物較佳為具有主鏈與鍵結於主鏈之複數個側鏈之結構者。四級銨部位較佳為存於側鏈。於該情形時，若主鏈與側鏈以1點鍵結，則側鏈之可撓性不易受到損害，存在於側鏈之四級銨部位可順利吸附於紅血球之表面。當然，於本發明中，陽離子性聚合物之主鏈與側鏈以2點或其以上鍵結亦無妨。本發明中，所謂「以1點鍵結」係指構成主鏈之碳原子中之1個碳原子與位於側鏈末端之1個碳原子以單鍵形式鍵結。所謂「以2點以上鍵結」係指構成主鏈之碳原子中之2個以上之碳原子與位於側鏈末端之2個以上之碳原子分別以單鍵形式鍵結。 於陽離子性聚合物為具有主鏈與鍵結於主鏈之複數個側鏈之結構者之情形時，例如於四級銨鹽聚合物為具有主鏈與鍵結於主鏈之複數個側鏈之結構者之情形時，各側鏈之碳數較佳為4以上，更佳為5以上，進而較佳為6以上。碳數之上限值較佳為10以下，更佳為9以下，進而較佳為8以下。例如側鏈之碳數較佳為4以上且10以下，更佳為5以上且9以下，進而較佳為6以上且8以下。所謂側鏈之碳數係該側鏈中之四級銨部位(陽離子部位)之碳數，作為抗衡離子之陰離子中即便包含碳，亦不將該碳計入碳數。尤其若側鏈之碳原子中之包括鍵結於主鏈之碳原子、乃至鍵結於四級氮之碳原子在內的碳數為上述範圍，則四級銨鹽聚合物吸附於紅血球表面時之立體阻礙性變低，因而較佳。 於四級銨鹽聚合物為四級銨鹽均聚物之情形時，作為該均聚物，例如可列舉具有四級銨部位或三級胺部位之乙烯基系單體之聚合物。於使具有三級胺部位之乙烯基系單體進行聚合之情形時，於聚合前及/或聚合後，藉由烷基化劑使三級胺部位實現四級銨化而成為四級銨鹽均聚物，或者於聚合前及/或聚合後，藉由酸將三級胺部位中和而成為三級胺中和鹽，或者於聚合後成為於水溶液中帶陽離子之三級胺。烷基化劑或酸之例如上所述。 四級銨鹽均聚物尤佳為具有以下之式1所表示之重複單元。 [化1]作為四級銨鹽均聚物之具體例，可列舉聚伸乙基亞胺等。又，作為具有四級銨部位之側鏈與主鏈以1點鍵結者，可列舉：聚(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基二甲基胺四級鹽)、聚(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基三甲基胺四級鹽)、聚(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基二甲基乙基銨乙基硫酸鹽)、聚(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基二甲基胺四級鹽)、聚(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基三甲基胺四級鹽)、聚(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基二甲基乙基銨乙基硫酸鹽)、聚(3-二甲基胺基丙基丙烯醯胺四級鹽)、聚甲基丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯、聚烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽、陽離子化纖維素、聚伸乙基亞胺、聚二甲基胺基丙基丙烯醯胺、聚脒等。另一方面，作為具有四級銨部位之側鏈與主鏈以2點以上鍵結之均聚物之例，可列舉：聚二烯丙基二甲基氯化銨、聚二烯丙基胺鹽酸鹽。 於四級銨鹽聚合物為四級銨鹽共聚物之情形時，作為該共聚物，可使用如下者：使用2種以上之用於上述四級銨鹽均聚物之聚合的聚合性單體，進行共聚合而獲得之共聚物。作為四級銨鹽共聚物，或可使用如下者：使用1種以上之用於上述四級銨鹽均聚物之聚合的聚合性單體、與1種以上之不具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，進行共聚合而獲得之共聚物。進而，亦可將其他聚合性單體、例如-SO2 -等與乙烯基系聚合性單體一併或代替其而使用。四級銨鹽共聚物如上所述可為二元系之共聚物或三元系以上之共聚物。 就有效生成紅血球之凝集塊之觀點而言，四級銨鹽共聚物尤佳為具有上述式1所表示之重複單元與下述式2所表示之重複單元。 [化2]又，作為不具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，可使用陽離子性聚合性單體、陰離子性聚合性單體或非離子性聚合性單體。該等聚合性單體之中，尤其藉由使用陽離子性聚合性單體或非離子性聚合性單體，而於四級銨鹽共聚物內不會與四級銨部位電荷相抵，因此能夠有效引起紅血球之凝集。作為陽離子性聚合性單體之例，可列舉：作為具有於特定條件下帶有陽離子之氮原子之環狀化合物的乙烯基吡啶等、作為主鏈上具有於特定條件下帶有陽離子之氮原子之直鏈狀化合物的雙氰胺與二伸乙基三胺之縮合化合物等。作為陰離子性聚合性單體之例，可列舉：2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙磺酸、甲基丙烯酸、丙烯酸、及苯乙烯磺酸、以及該等化合物之鹽等。另一方面，作為非離子性聚合性單體之例，可列舉：乙烯醇、丙烯醯胺、二甲基丙烯醯胺、乙二醇、丙二醇、乙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯、乙二醇單丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯、丙烯酸羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、甲基丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸丁酯等。關於該等陽離子性聚合性單體、陰離子性聚合性單體或非離子性聚合性單體，可使用其中之一種，或者可組合使用任意之2種以上。又，可組合使用2種以上之陽離子性聚合性單體，可組合使用2種以上之陰離子性聚合性單體，或亦可組合使用2種以上之非離子性聚合性單體。關於使用陽離子性聚合性單體、陰離子性聚合性單體及/或非離子性聚合性單體作為聚合性單體進行共聚合所獲得之四級銨鹽共聚物，其分子量如上所述，較佳為1000萬以下，特佳為500萬以下，尤佳為300萬以下(關於以下例示之四級銨鹽共聚物亦同樣)。 作為不具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，亦可使用具有能夠形成氫鍵之官能基的聚合性單體。將此種聚合性單體用於共聚合，並使用由此獲得之四級銨鹽共聚物使紅血球凝集時，容易形成較硬之凝集塊，高吸收性聚合物之吸收性能更不易受到損害。作為能夠形成氫鍵之官能基，例如可列舉：-OH、-NH2 、-CHO、-COOH、-HF、-SH等。作為具有能夠形成氫鍵之官能基的聚合性單體之例，可列舉：甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯、乙烯醇、丙烯醯胺、二甲基丙烯醯胺、乙二醇、丙二醇、乙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯、乙二醇單丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯、丙烯酸羥基乙酯等。尤其是氫鍵發揮較強作用之甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、丙烯酸羥基乙酯、二甲基丙烯醯胺等可實現四級銨鹽聚合物向紅血球之穩定之吸附狀態，因而較佳。該等聚合性單體可單獨使用1種，或將2種以上組合使用。 作為不具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體，亦可使用具有能夠產生疏水性相互作用之官能基的聚合性單體。藉由將此種聚合性單體用於共聚合，而發揮與上述使用具有能夠形成氫鍵之官能基的聚合性單體之情形相同之有利效果，即，容易形成較硬之紅血球凝集塊之效果。作為能夠產生疏水性相互作用之官能基，例如可列舉：甲基、乙基、丁基等烷基、苯基、烷基萘基、氟化烷基等。作為具有能夠產生疏水性相互作用之官能基的聚合性單體之例，可列舉：甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、甲基丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸丁酯、苯乙烯等。尤其疏水性相互作用發揮較強作用、且不會大幅降低四級銨鹽聚合物之溶解性的甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸丁酯等可實現四級銨鹽聚合物向紅血球之穩定之吸附狀態，因而較佳。該等聚合性單體可單獨使用1種，或將2種以上組合使用。 關於四級銨鹽共聚物中之具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體之莫耳比與不具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體之莫耳比，較佳為以藉由該四級銨鹽共聚物而使紅血球充分凝集之方式適當調整。尤其是四級銨鹽共聚物中之具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體之莫耳比較佳為10莫耳%以上，更佳為22莫耳%以上，進而較佳為32莫耳%以上，進而更佳為38莫耳%以上。又，為100莫耳%以下，較佳為80莫耳%以下，更佳為65莫耳%以下，進而較佳為56莫耳%以下。具體而言，具有四級銨部位之聚合性單體之莫耳比較佳為10莫耳%以上且100莫耳%以下，更佳為22莫耳%以上且80莫耳%以下，更佳為32莫耳%以上且65莫耳%以下，進而較佳為38莫耳%以上且56莫耳%以下。 於四級銨鹽聚合物為四級銨鹽縮聚物之情形時，作為該縮聚物，可使用如下者：使用包含1種以上之上述具有四級銨部位之單體之縮合物，藉由使該等縮合物進行聚合而獲得之縮聚物。作為具體例，可列舉：雙氰胺/二伸乙基三胺縮聚物、二甲基胺/表氯醇縮聚物等。 上述四級銨鹽均聚物及四級銨鹽共聚物可藉由乙烯基系聚合性單體之均聚法或共聚法而獲得。作為聚合方法，例如可使用自由基聚合、活性自由基聚合、活性陽離子聚合、活性陰離子聚合、配位聚合、開環聚合、縮聚合等。聚合條件無特別限制，只要適當選擇能夠獲得具有目標分子量、流動電位、及/或IOB值之四級銨鹽聚合物的條件即可。 例如就更有效地形成紅血球之凝集塊之觀點而言，四級銨鹽聚合物之流動電位較佳為1500 μeq/L以上，更佳為2000 μeq/L以上，進而較佳為3000 μeq/L以上，進而更佳為4000 μeq/L以上。藉由四級銨鹽聚合物之流動電位為該等值以上，可將紅血球之電雙層充分中和。流動電位之上限值較佳為13000 μeq/L以下，更佳為8000 μeq/L以下，進而較佳為6000 μeq/L以下。藉由四級銨鹽聚合物之流動電位為該等值以下，可有效防止吸附於紅血球之四級銨鹽聚合物彼此間產生電斥力。 四級銨鹽聚合物之流動電位例如可藉由對構成之陽離子性單體本身之分子量、構成共聚物之陽離子性單體與陰離子性單體或非離子性單體之共聚合莫耳比進行調整而加以控制。四級銨鹽聚合物之流動電位可使用Spectris股份有限公司製造之流動電位測定器( PCD04)進行測定。具體之測定條件如下所述。首先，對市售之生理用品，使用乾燥器等使接著各構件之熱熔體失效，而分解成正面片材、吸收體、背面片材等構件。對分解出之各構件，進行自非極性溶劑至極性溶劑之多階段溶劑萃取法，將各構件中所使用之處理劑加以分離，獲得包含單一組合物之溶液。使所獲得之溶液乾燥、固化，將1 H-NMR(核磁共振法)、IR(紅外分光法)、LC(液相層析)、GC(氣相層析)、MS(質譜法)、GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)、螢光X射線等進行組合而鑑定處理劑之結構。使測定對象之處理劑(四級銨鹽聚合物)0.001 g溶解於生理食鹽水10 g而獲得測定樣品，對該測定樣品滴定0.001 N之聚乙烯基磺酸鈉水溶液(於測定樣品具有負電荷之情形時，為0.001 N之聚二烯丙基二甲基氯化銨水溶液)，對直至電極間之電位差消失所需之滴定量X mL進行測定。其後，依據下式而算出四級銨鹽聚合物之流動電位。 流動電位＝(X＋0.190※ )×1000 (※溶劑之生理食鹽水所需之滴定量) 又，為了使四級銨鹽聚合物順利吸附於紅血球表面，有利的是該四級銨鹽聚合物容易與上述唾液酸發生相互作用。基於該觀點，本發明者推進研究，結果判斷可將物質之作為無機性值與有機性值之比率的無機性值/有機性值之值(以下稱為「IOB(Inorganic Organic Balance，無機/有機平衡)值」)作為尺度而評價唾液酸鍵結物與陽離子性聚合物之相互作用之程度。 一般而言，物質之性狀於較大程度上受分子間之各種分子間力之支配，該分子間力主要包括基於分子質量之凡得瓦(Van Der Waals)力、與基於分子極性之電親和力。若能夠分別掌握對物質性質之變化產生較大影響之凡得瓦力與電親和力各者，則根據其等之組合，即便為未知物質或該等之混合物而亦能夠預測其性狀。該想法係作為「有機概念圖理論」為大眾所知。有機概念圖理論例如於藤田穆(著)之「有機分析」(Kaniya Shoten，1930年)、藤田穆(著)之「有機定性分析：系統性純物質篇」(共立出版，1953年)、藤田穆(著)之「改編 化學實驗學-有機化學篇」(河出書房，1971年)、藤田穆/赤塚政實(著)之「系統性有機定性分析(混合物篇)」(風間書房，1974年)、及甲田善生/佐藤四郎/本間善夫(著)之「新版 有機概念圖 基礎與應用」(三共出版，2008年)等中有詳細說明。根據有機概念圖理論，關於物質之物理化學物性，將主要基於凡得瓦力之物性之程度稱為「有機性」，又，將主要基於電親和力之物性之程度稱為「無機性」，以「有機性」與「無機性」之組合之形式來確定物質之物性。並且，將1個碳(C)定義為有機性20，相對於其之各種極性基之無機性及有機性之值規定為如以下表1之記載，求出無機性值之和與有機性值之和，將兩者之比定義為IOB值。本發明中，基於該等有機性值及無機性值，確定上述唾液酸鍵結物之IOB值，基於該值而決定陽離子性聚合物之IOB值。 [表1] 詳細而言，判斷有利的是作為陽離子性聚合物而使用IOB值與唾液酸鍵結物之IOB值相等或近似者。所謂唾液酸鍵結物係於活體內呈唾液酸能夠存在之形態的化合物，例如可列舉於半乳糖脂質等糖脂質之末端鍵結有唾液酸之化合物等。唾液酸之IOB值以唾液酸單體計為4.25，以唾液酸鍵結物計為3.89。上述所謂唾液酸鍵結物係糖脂質中之糖鏈與唾液酸鍵結而成者，與唾液酸單體相比，唾液酸鍵結物其有機性值之比率變高，IOB值變低。 因此，四級銨鹽聚合物之IOB值較佳為0.6以上，更佳為1.8以上，更佳為2.1以上，進而較佳為2.2以上。又，陽離子性聚合物之IOB值較佳為4.6以下，更佳為3.6以下，進而較佳為3以下。IOB值更佳為1.8以上且3.6以下，更佳為2.1以上且3.6以下，進而較佳為2.2以上且3以下。 於四級銨鹽聚合物為共聚物之情形時，根據用於共聚合之單體之莫耳比，依據以下程序算出IOB值。即，於共聚物係由單體A與單體B而獲得，且單體A之有機性值為ORA 、無機性值為INA ，單體B之有機性值為ORB 、無機性值為INB ，單體A/單體B之莫耳比為MA /MB 的情形時，共聚物之IOB值係根據以下數式而算出。 [數1]又，本發明中所使用之血球凝集劑亦可為除聚陽離子(陽離子性聚合物)以外亦包含1種以上之第三成分、例如溶劑、塑化劑、香料、抗菌・除臭劑、護膚劑等其他成分之組合物(血球凝集劑組合物)的形態。作為溶劑，可使用水、碳數1至4之飽和脂肪族一元醇等水溶性有機溶劑、或該水溶性有機溶劑與水之混合溶劑等。作為塑化劑，可使用甘油、聚乙二醇、丙二醇、乙二醇、1,3-丁二醇等。作為香料，可使用日本專利特開2007-244764號公報中記載之具有類似綠色草藥之香氣之香料、植物之萃取物、柑橘類之萃取物等。作為抗菌・除臭劑，可使用日本專利特開2004-244789號公報中記載之包含具有抗菌性之金屬之類似鈣霞石之礦物、日本專利特開2007-097953號公報中記載之由具有苯基之聚合性單體聚合而成之多孔性聚合物、日本專利特開2006-191966號公報中記載之四級銨鹽、活性碳、黏土礦物等。作為護膚劑，可使用日本專利特開2004-255164號公報中記載之植物萃取物、膠原蛋白、天然保濕成分、保濕劑、角質軟化劑、消炎劑等。 陽離子性聚合物於上述血球凝集劑組合物中所占之比率較佳為20質量%以上，更佳為40質量%以上，進而較佳為50質量%以上。又，較佳為99質量%以下，更佳為80質量%以下，進而較佳為60質量%以下。藉由將陽離子性聚合物於上述血球凝集劑組合物中所占之比率設定為該範圍內，可對生理用品賦予有效量之陽離子性聚合物。 生理用品中所含之血球凝集劑就藉由溶出至血液中而確實地發揮作用從而形成較大之凝集塊之觀點而言，其含量較佳為0.01 g/m2 以上，更佳為0.5 g/m2 以上。又，生理用品中所含之血球凝集劑就無損液體透過性之觀點而言，其含量較佳為20 g/m2 以下，更佳為10 g/m2 以下。具體而言，生理用品中所含之血球凝集劑之含量較佳為0.01 g/m2 以上且20 g/m2 以下，更佳為0.5 g/m2 以上且10 g/m2 以下。 (液膜開裂劑) 所謂液膜開裂劑係指使液體、例如經血等高黏性之排泄液接觸不織布而於不織布之纖維間或纖維表面形成之液膜開裂、或抑制液膜形成的劑，具有使所形成之液膜開裂之作用與抑制液膜形成之作用。前者可謂主要作用，後者可謂從屬作用。作用液膜之開裂係藉由液膜開裂劑之將液膜層之一部分推開而使之不穩定化的作用得以實現。藉由該液膜開裂劑之作用，液體不會滯留於不織布之纖維間之狹小區域而易於通過。即，成為液體透過性優異之不織布。藉此，即便使構成不織布之纖維變細且使纖維間距離變窄，亦同時實現柔軟之肌膚觸感與殘液抑制。又，於本發明中，藉由使用血球凝集劑，高吸收性聚合物原本具有之吸收性能得以穩定發揮，有效抑制回液，另一方面，關於使用後之生理用品之表面(肌膚抵接面)之顏色，存在未使用時所具有之表面白度大幅降低、源於血液之紅色增強的傾向，但藉由併用血球凝集劑與液膜開裂劑，利用液膜開裂劑之作用而抑制因血球凝集劑引起之表面白度之降低，因此能夠同時實現回液量之減少與使用後之表面白度之提高。 關於該液膜開裂效果，只要於可能存在液膜之部位配置有液膜開裂劑，則不限於僅產生在不織布之纖維間。例如於具有短纖漿或高吸收性聚合物之吸收體中，對於短纖漿之纖維間、或高吸收性聚合物之粒子間、短纖漿與高吸收性聚合物粒子之間等形成之液膜，亦能夠產生液膜開裂效果。 本發明中，所謂生理用品之構成材料含有或包含液膜開裂劑，主要指附著於該材料之表面之狀態。其中，例如於纖維含有液膜開裂劑之情形時，液膜開裂劑只要殘存於纖維之表面，則亦可為如內包於纖維內者或如藉由內添而存在於纖維內部者。 為了使本發明之液膜開裂劑於生理用品中具有下述液膜開裂效果，液膜開裂劑須於接觸體液時以液狀形態存在。就該方面而言，本發明之液膜開裂劑之熔點較佳為40℃以下，更佳為35℃以下。進而，本發明之液膜開裂劑之熔點較佳為-220℃以上，更佳為-180℃以上。 (使液膜消失之性質) 本發明中所使用之液膜開裂劑具有使液膜消失之性質，藉由該性質，於將該液膜開裂劑應用於以血漿成分為主體之試驗液之情形時能夠表現出液膜消失效果。此處提及之液膜消失效果包括針對由試驗液所形成之多個液膜內包空氣而成之構造體抑制該構造體之液膜形成之效果、與使所形成之該構造體消失之效果該兩種效果，表現出至少一種效果之劑可謂具有能夠表現出液膜消失效果之性質。 上述試驗液係自脫纖維馬血(Nippon Bio-Test Laboratories股份有限公司製造)萃取所得之液體成分。具體而言，若將100 mL之脫纖維馬血於溫度22℃、濕度65%之條件下靜置1小時，則該脫纖維馬血會分離為上層與下層，該上層為上述試驗液。上層主要包含血漿成分，下層主要包含血球成分。為了自分離為上層與下層之脫纖維馬血僅取出上層，可使用例如移液吸管(NIPPON MICRO股份有限公司製造)。 某劑是否具有上述「使液膜消失之性質」係根據於成為容易產生由應用有該劑之上述試驗液所形成之液膜內包空氣而成之構造體之狀態的情形時之該構造體即液膜之量之多少進行判斷。即，將上述試驗液之溫度調整為25℃，其後向螺旋管(Maruemu股份有限公司製造，No.5，筒體直徑27 mm、全長55 mm)內投入10 g，而獲得標準樣品。又，對與標準樣品相同者添加預先調整為25℃之測定對象之劑0.01 g，將所獲者作為測定樣品。使標準樣品及測定樣品分別沿上述螺旋管之上下方向往返2次而經較強振動後，迅速載置於水平面上。藉由該樣品之振動，而於振動後之螺旋管之內部形成無上述構造體之液體層(下層)、與包含形成於該液體層上之多個該構造體之構造體層(上層)。剛振動後經過10秒後，測定兩樣品之構造體層之高度(自液體層之液面至構造體層上表面之高度)。進而，於測定樣品之構造體層之高度相對於標準樣品之構造體層之高度而成為90%以下之情形時，判斷測定對象之劑具有液膜開裂效果。 本發明中所使用之液膜開裂劑為符合上述性質之單一化合物或將複數種符合上述性質之單一化合物加以組合而成之混合物、或藉由複數種化合物之組合而滿足上述性質(能夠實現液膜之開裂)之劑。即，所謂液膜開裂劑係限定於無論如何具有基於上述定義之液膜開裂效果者的劑。因此，生理用品中所應用之化合物於包含不符合上述定義之第三成分之情形時，有別於液膜開裂劑。再者，本說明書中所謂「單一化合物」係包括雖具有相同之組成式，但因重複單元數不同而分子量不同之化合物在內的概念。 作為液膜開裂劑，可任意使用國際公開第2016/098796號所記載之者。 以下，對本發明之液膜開裂劑之較佳實施形態進行說明。作為本發明之液膜開裂劑而較佳者存在第1實施形態及第2實施形態該兩種。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑為化合物C1。化合物C1係對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上、且水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下的化合物。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑所具有之所謂「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數」係指假設為如上所述之經血等排泄液時之擴張係數。該所謂「擴張係數」係根據於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中藉由下述測定方法所獲得之測定值，基於下述式(1)所求出的值。再者，式(1)之γw 及γwo 中之「液膜」意指「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」之液相，包括於纖維間或纖維表面已形成膜之狀態之液體、形成膜之前之狀態之液體兩者，亦簡稱為液體。又，下述式(1)之γw 及γo 中之「表面張力」意指液膜及液膜開裂劑與氣相之界面處之界面張力，區別於液相間之液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力。該區別於本說明書之其他記載中亦相同。 S＝γw －γo －γwo ・・・・・(1) γw ：液膜(液體)之表面張力 γo ：液膜開裂劑之表面張力 γwo ：液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力 根據上述式(1)可知，液膜開裂劑之擴張係數(S)因液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo )變小而變大，因液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )變小而變大。藉由該擴張係數為15 mN/m以上，第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑於纖維間之狹小區域中所形成之液膜之表面上之移動性、即擴散性較高。就該觀點而言，第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之擴張係數更佳為20 mN/m以上，進而較佳為25 mN/m以上，尤佳為30 mN/m以上。另一方面，其上限並無特別限制，但根據上述式(1)，例如於使用表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值為50 mN/m、於使用表面張力為60 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值為60 mN/m、於使用表面張力為70 mN/m之液體之情形時上限值為70 mN/m，如此，形成液膜之液體之表面張力成為上限。因此，本發明中，就使用表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之觀點而言，第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之擴張係數為50 mN/m以下。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑藉由水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下，不易溶解於水性液體而與液膜形成界面，使上述擴散性更有效。就相同觀點而言，第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之水溶解度較佳為0.025 g以下，更佳為0.0017 g以下，進而較佳為未達0.0001 g。又，上述水溶解度越小越佳，且為0 g以上，就向液膜之擴散性之觀點而言，實際設為1.0×10-9 g以上。再者，認為上述水溶解性亦適用於以水分為主成分之經血等。液膜開裂劑之水溶解度可藉由下述方法測定。 上述液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之表面張力(γw )、液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo )及液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )係藉由下述方法測定。 (液膜(液體)之表面張力(γw )之測定方法) 可於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域，藉由平板法(Wilhelmy法)，使用鉑板進行測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用自動表面張力計「CBVP-Z」(商品名，協和界面科學股份有限公司製造)。鉑板係使用純度99.9%、大小：長25 mm/寬10 mm者。 再者，上述「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」係使用上述測定方法，對去離子水添加作為非離子系界面活性物質之聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯(花王股份有限公司製造，商品名RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120)而調整為50±1 mN/m之溶液。 (液膜開裂劑之表面張力(γo )之測定方法) 與液膜之表面張力(γw )之測定同樣地，可於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域，藉由平板法並使用相同裝置進行測定。於該測定時，如上所述，於所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，將該液膜開裂劑加熱至其熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，保持該溫度條件不變而實施測定。 (液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )之測定方法) 可於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域，藉由懸滴法進行測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用自動界面黏彈性測定裝置(TECLIS-ITCONCEPT公司製造之商品名THE TRACKER、或KRUSS公司製造之商品名DSA25S)。關於懸滴法，在形成液滴之同時，表面張力為50 mN/m之液體所含之非離子系界面活性物質之吸附開始，隨時間經過而界面張力逐漸減小。因此，讀取液滴一經形成時(0秒時)之界面張力。又，於該測定時，如上所述，於所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，將該液膜開裂劑加熱至其熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，保持該溫度條件不變而實施測定。 又，測定界面張力時存在如下情況：於液膜開裂劑與表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之密度差非常小之情形、或黏度明顯較高之情形、界面張力值為懸滴法之測定極限以下之情形時，難以藉由懸滴法測定界面張力。於該情形時，可藉由於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中利用旋滴法進行測定。作為此時之測定裝置，可使用旋滴界面張力計(KURUSS公司製造，商品名SITE100)。又，關於該測定，亦讀取液滴形狀穩定化時之界面張力，於所取得之液膜開裂劑為固體之情形時，將該液膜開裂劑加熱至其熔點＋5℃而使之相轉移為液體，保持該溫度條件不變而實施測定。 再者，於兩種測定裝置均可測定界面張力之情形時，採用更小之界面張力值作為測定結果。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑藉由具有上述擴張係數與水溶解度，可於液膜之表面上不發生溶解地擴散，自液膜之中心附近將液膜層推開。藉此，使液膜不穩定化而開裂。 此處，針對第1實施形態之吸收體中之液膜開裂劑之上述液膜開裂效果，以於不織布配設有液膜開裂劑之情形為例，參照圖3及圖4而進行具體說明。 圖3表示於構成不織布之纖維7彼此之間隙形成有液膜8之樣態，又，圖4表示該液膜8於液膜開裂劑9之作用下開裂之過程。如圖3所示，於纖維間之狹小區域中，經血等黏性較高之排泄液容易結成液膜8。相對於此，液膜開裂劑9如下所述般會使液膜8變得不穩定而破裂，抑制液膜8之形成，促使液體自不織布中排出。首先，如圖4(A1)及(B1)所示，不織布之纖維7所具有之即纖維7之表面所附著之液膜開裂劑9自纖維7上向液膜8移動，進而於保持與液膜8之界面的狀態下在液膜8之表面上移動。繼而，如圖4(A2)及(B2)所示，液膜開裂劑9將液膜8之一部分推開而向液膜8之厚度方向內部侵入，如圖4(A3)及(B3)所示，使液膜8逐漸變為不均勻且較薄之膜。其結果如圖4(A4)及(B4)所示，液膜8如迸開般出現破孔而開裂。如此開裂之形成為液膜8之經血等液體變為液滴而容易通過不織布之纖維間，因此殘液減少。 上述液膜開裂劑對液膜之開裂作用不限於如圖3所示之針對相互交叉之纖維間之液膜之情形，對黏附於纖維表面之液膜亦同樣地發揮作用。即，液膜開裂劑可在黏附於纖維表面之液膜上移動而將該液膜之一部分推開，從而使該液膜開裂。於該情形時，針對黏附於纖維表面之液膜，液膜開裂劑即便該液膜開裂劑本身未於該纖維表面上向該液膜移動，亦可藉由其之疏水作用而使液膜開裂，抑制液膜形成。 第1實施形態中，液膜開裂劑更佳為對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。即，決定上述式(1)中之擴張係數(S)之值之一變量的「液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )」較佳為20 mN/m以下。藉由將「液膜開裂劑與液膜之界面張力(γwo )」抑制為較低，液膜開裂劑之擴張係數提高，液膜開裂劑容易自纖維表面向液膜中心附近移動，上述作用變得更明確。就該觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」更佳為17 mN/m以下，進而較佳為13 mN/m以下，進而更佳為10 mN/m以下，特佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下。另一方面，其下限並無特別限制，就於液膜中之不溶性之觀點而言，大於0 mN/m即可。再者，於界面張力為0 mN/m、即液膜開裂劑溶解於液膜之情形時，於液膜與液膜開裂劑之間無法形成界面，因此上述式(1)不成立，劑不會發生擴張。 根據上述式(1)亦可知，擴張係數其數值根據成為對象之液體之表面張力而發生變化。例如於對象液體之表面張力為72 mN/m、液膜開裂劑之表面張力為21 mN/m、該等之界面張力為0.2 mN/m之情形時，擴張係數成為50.8 mN/m。 又，於對象液體之表面張力為30 mN/m、液膜開裂劑之表面張力21 mN/m、該等之界面張力為0.2 mN/m之情形時，擴張係數成為8.8 mN/m。 無論於何種情形時，擴張係數越大之劑其液膜開裂效果越大。 本說明書中，定義了表面張力50 mN/m之情形時之數值，但即便表面張力不同，由於該各物質彼此之擴張係數之數值之大小關係不變，故而即便假設體液之表面張力因每日之身體狀況等發生變化，亦同樣地擴張係數越大之劑越表現出優異之液膜開裂效果。 又，第1實施形態中，液膜開裂劑之表面張力較佳為32 mN/m以下，更佳為30 mN/m以下，進而較佳為25 mN/m以下，尤佳為22 mN/m以下。又，上述表面張力越小越佳，其下限並無特別限定。就液膜開裂劑之耐久性之觀點而言，實際為1 mN/m以上。 其次，對第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑進行說明。 第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑為化合物C2。化合物C2係對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m、即為正值，水溶解度為0 g以上且0.025 g以下，並且對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下的化合物。將上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」設為20 mN/m以下如上所述意味著液膜開裂劑於液膜上之擴散性提高。藉此，即便於如上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數」未達15 mN/m之擴張係數相對較小之情形時，亦由於擴散性較高，故而大量液膜開裂劑自纖維表面向液膜內分散，於多個位置將液膜推開，藉此能夠發揮與第1實施形態之情形時相同之液膜開裂效果。 再者，關於液膜開裂劑之所謂「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數」、「水溶解度」及「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」係與第1實施形態中特定義者相同，其測定方法亦相同。 第2實施形態中，就使液膜開裂劑之上述作用更有效之觀點而言，上述「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力」較佳為17 mN/m以下，更佳為13 mN/m以下，進而較佳為10 mN/m以下，進而更佳為9 mN/m以下，尤佳為1 mN/m以下。關於下限值，與第1實施形態同樣地無特別限制，就不溶於液膜(表面張力為50 mN/m之液體)之觀點而言，實際設為大於0 mN/m。 又，關於「對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數」，就使液膜開裂劑之上述作用更有效之觀點而言，較佳為9 mN/m以上，更佳為10 mN/m以上，進而較佳為15 mN/m以上。其上限並無特別限制，根據上述式(1)，就形成液膜之液體之表面張力成為上限之觀點而言，實質上為50 mN/m以下。 又，液膜開裂劑之表面張力及水溶解度之更佳範圍與第1實施形態相同。 關於第1實施形態及第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑，於使包含合成樹脂纖維之不織布或包含纖維素纖維之紙或吸收性芯材含有該液膜開裂劑之情形時，較佳為進而含有磷酸酯型陰離子界面活性劑。藉此，纖維表面之親水性提高，潤濕性提高，從而液膜與液膜開裂劑之接觸面積變大，並且血液含有源自活體之具有磷酸基之界面活性物質，因而藉由併用具有磷酸基之界面活性劑，而由於活性劑之相溶性，故進而與血液所含之磷脂質之親和性亦較佳，因此液膜開裂劑容易向液膜移動，進一步促進液膜開裂。液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率以質量比計，設為前者：後者，較佳為1：1～19：1，更佳為2：1～15：1，進而較佳為3：1～10：1。上述含有比率以質量比計，設為前者：後者，尤其較佳為5：1～19：1，更佳為8：1～16：1，進而較佳為11：1～13：1。 作為磷酸酯型陰離子界面活性劑，可無特別限制地使用。作為其具體例，例如可列舉：烷基醚磷酸酯、磷酸二烷基酯、磷酸烷基酯等。其中，就於提高含有其之液膜開裂劑與液膜之親和性之同時賦予不織布之加工性之功能之觀點而言，較佳為磷酸烷基酯。 其次，對第1實施形態及第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之具體例進行說明。該等藉由處於上述特定之數值範圍而具有不溶於水或水難溶性之性質，發揮液膜開裂效果。相對於此，先前之用作纖維處理劑之界面活性劑等於實際使用時溶解於水而使用，基本上為水溶性，並非本發明之液膜開裂劑。 作為第1實施形態及第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑，較佳為重量平均分子量為500以上之化合物。該重量平均分子量對液膜開裂劑之黏度存在較大影響。藉由保持較高黏度，於液體通過該構成材料時不易流落，可保持液膜開裂效果之持續性。就成為使液膜開裂效果充分持續之黏度的觀點而言，液膜開裂劑之重量平均分子量更佳為1000以上，進而較佳為1500以上，尤佳為2000以上。另一方面，就成為使液膜開裂劑自配設有液膜開裂劑之構成材料向液膜之移動、即擴散性得以保持之黏度的觀點而言，較佳為50000以下，更佳為20000以下，進而較佳為10000以下。 又，作為第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑，較佳為具有選自由結構X、X-Y及Y-X-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構的化合物。此處提及之結構X、結構Y具體而言為下述結構。下述結構中，「C」表示碳原子，「＜」、「＞」及「-」分別表示鍵結鍵。 結構X表示＞C(A)-、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R1 )＜、＞C(R1 )-、-C(R1 )(R2 )-、-C(R1 )2 -、＞C＜、及-Si(R1 )2 O-、-Si(R1 )(R2 )O-中之任一基本結構重複出現或2種以上進行組合而成之結構之矽氧烷鏈、或其混合鏈。於結構X之末端具有選自由氫原子、或-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、-C(A)2 -C(R1 )3 、-C(R1 )2 A、-C(R1 )3 、或-OSi(R1 )3 、-OSi(R1 )2 (R2 )、-Si(R1 )3 、-Si(R1 )2 (R2 )所組成之群中之至少一種基。 上述R1 或R2 各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)等各種取代基。A、B各自獨立地表示羥基或羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基等包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構X內R1 、R2 、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，該等相互可相同亦可不同。又，連續之C(碳原子)或Si間之鍵通常為單鍵，但亦可包含雙鍵或三鍵，C或Si間之鍵亦可包含醚基(-O-)、醯胺基(-CONRA -：RA 為氫原子或一價基)、酯基(-COO-)、羰基(-CO-)、碳酸酯基(-OCOO-)等連結基。一個C及Si與其他C或Si鍵結之數量為1～4處，亦可存在長鏈之聚矽氧鏈(矽氧烷鏈)或混合鏈上有分支、或具有放射狀之結構的情況。 結構Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子且具有親水性之親水基。例如為羥基、羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、聚氧伸烷基(氧伸烷基之碳數較佳為1～4。例如較佳為聚氧乙烯(POE)基、聚氧丙烯(POP)基)、磺酸基、硫酸基、磷酸基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、磷酸基甜菜鹼基(該等甜菜鹼基係指自各甜菜鹼化合物去除1個氫原子而成之甜菜鹼殘基)、四級銨基等中之單獨一種親水基或包含其等之組合之親水基等。除該等以外，亦可列舉下述關於M1 所舉出之基及官能基。再者，於如結構Y-X-Y般Y為複數個之情形時，該複數個Y彼此相互可相同亦可不同。 結構X-Y及Y-X-Y中，Y鍵結於X、或X之末端之基。於Y鍵結於X之末端之基的情形時，X之末端之基例如去除其數量等於與Y之鍵結數的氫原子等而與Y鍵結。 於該結構中，可自所具體說明之基中選擇親水基Y、A、B以滿足上述擴張係數、水溶解度、界面張力。如此表現出目標液膜開裂效果。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑較佳為結構X為矽氧烷結構之化合物。進而，於第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑中，較佳為包含將作為上述結構X、X-Y、Y-X-Y之具體例之下述(1)～(11)式所表示之結構任意地加以組合而成之矽氧烷鏈的化合物。進而，就液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，該化合物較佳為具有上述範圍之重量平均分子量。 [化3]上述式(1)～(11)中，M1 、L1 、R21 及R22 表示以下之1價或多價(2價或其以上)之基。R23 及R24 表示以下之1價或多價(2價或其以上)之基、或單鍵。 M1 表示具有聚氧乙烯基、聚氧丙烯基、聚氧丁烯基、或組合有該等之聚氧伸烷基的基，或者赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基或乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基(自赤藻糖醇等具有複數個羥基之上述化合物去除1個氫原子而成之親水基)，羥基、羧酸基、巰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基)、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、磺酸基、四級銨基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羥基磺基甜菜鹼基、磷酸基甜菜鹼基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇(carbinol)基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、或組合有該等之官能基。再者，於M1 為多價基之情形時，M1 表示自上述各基或官能基進而去除1個以上之氫原子而成之基。 L1 表示醚基、胺基(可作為L1 而採用之胺基係以＞NRC (RC 為氫原子或一價基)表示)、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基之鍵結基。 R21 、R22 、R23 及R24 各自獨立地表示烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基或芳烷基、或組合有該等之烴基、或鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)。再者，於R22 及R23 為多價基之情形時，表示自上述烴基進而去除1個以上之氫原子或氟原子而成之多價烴基。 又，於R22 或R23 與M1 鍵結之情形時，關於可作為R22 或R23 而採用之基，除上述各基、上述烴基或鹵素原子以外，亦可列舉可作為R32 而採用之亞胺基。 第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之中，較佳為如下化合物，其具有上述式(1)、(2)、(5)及(10)中之任一者所表示之結構作為結構X，且具有該等式以外之上述式中之任一者所表示之結構作為X之末端、或包含X之末端與Y之基。進而較佳為含有如下矽氧烷鏈之化合物，該矽氧烷鏈係X或包含X之末端與Y之基具有上述(2)、(4)、(5)、(6)、(8)及(9)式中之任一者所表示之結構中之至少1者的矽氧烷鏈。 作為上述化合物即第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之具體例，可列舉聚矽氧系之界面活性劑之有機改性聚矽氧(聚矽氧烷)。例如作為經反應性有機基改性之有機改性聚矽氧，可列舉胺基改性、環氧改性、羧基改性、二醇改性、甲醇(carbinol)改性、(甲基)丙烯醯基改性、巰基改性、酚改性者。又，作為經非反應性有機基改性之有機改性聚矽氧，可列舉聚醚改性(包括聚氧伸烷基改性)、甲基苯乙烯基改性、長鏈烷基改性、高級脂肪酸酯改性、高級烷氧基改性、高級脂肪酸改性、氟改性者等。根據該等有機改性之種類，例如適當變更聚矽氧鏈之分子量、改性率、改性基之加成莫耳數等，藉此可獲得發揮上述液膜開裂作用之擴張係數。此處，所謂「長鏈」係指碳數為12以上、較佳為12～20者。又，所謂「高級」係指碳數為6以上、較佳為6～20者。 其中，作為聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧或環氧改性聚矽氧、甲醇(carbinol)改性聚矽氧、二醇改性聚矽氧等改性聚矽氧之液膜開裂劑較佳為具有改性基中含有至少一個氧原子之結構的改性聚矽氧，尤佳為聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧。聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧藉由具有聚矽氧烷鏈，而於使合成樹脂之纖維含有液膜開裂劑之情形時，難以浸透至纖維之內部而容易殘留於表面。又，藉由加成有親水性之聚氧伸烷基鏈，而與水之親和性提高，界面張力較低，因此容易於上述液膜表面上進行移動，從而較佳。因此，容易於上述液膜表面上進行移動，從而較佳。又，聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧即便被實施壓紋等熱溶融加工，該部分之容易殘留於纖維表面之液膜開裂效果亦不易減弱。尤其於液體容易滯留之壓紋部分充分表現出液膜開裂效果，因此較佳。 作為可用作第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑的聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧，可列舉下述式[I]～[IV]所表示者。進而，就液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，該聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧較佳為具有上述範圍之重量平均分子量。 [化4][化5][化6][化7]上述式[I]～[IV]中，R31 表示烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)。R32 表示單鍵或伸烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基)，較佳為表示上述伸烷基。複數個R31 、複數個R32 分別相互可相同亦可不同。M11 表示具有聚氧伸烷基之基，較佳為聚氧伸烷基。作為上述聚氧伸烷基，可列舉：聚氧乙烯基、聚氧丙烯基、聚氧丁烯基、或由該等構成單體共聚合而成者等。m、n各自獨立為1以上之整數。再者，該等重複單元之符號於各式[I]～[IV]中各自決定，未必表示相同之整數，亦可為不同。 又，可用作第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑的聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧亦可為具有聚氧乙烯改性及聚氧丙烯改性中之任一種或兩種改性基者。又，為了不溶於水、且具有較低之界面張力，較理想為聚矽氧鏈之烷基R31 中具有甲基。作為具有該改性基、聚矽氧鏈者，並無特別限制，例如存在日本專利特開2002-161474之段落[0006]及[0012]所記載者。更具體而言，可列舉：聚氧乙烯(POE)聚氧丙烯(POP)改性聚矽氧、或聚氧乙烯(POE)改性聚矽氧、聚氧丙烯(POP)改性聚矽氧等。作為POE改性聚矽氧，可列舉加成有3莫耳之POE的POE(3)改性二甲基聚矽氧等。作為POP改性聚矽氧，可列舉加成有10莫耳、12莫耳或24莫耳之POP的POP(10)改性二甲基聚矽氧、POP(12)改性二甲基聚矽氧、POP(24)改性二甲基聚矽氧等。 關於上述第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑之擴張係數與水溶解度，於聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧之情況下，例如可藉由聚氧伸烷基之加成莫耳數(相對於聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧1莫耳的形成聚氧伸烷基之氧伸烷基之鍵結數)、下述改性率等而設定為特定範圍。該液膜開裂劑之表面張力及界面張力分別亦可藉由相同方式而設定為特定範圍。 就上述觀點而言，可用作第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑的聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧較佳為聚氧伸烷基之加成莫耳數為1以上者。就藉由降低界面張力而擴張係數變大從而增強液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，加成莫耳數更佳為3以上，進而較佳為5以上。另一方面，就防止變為親水性而水溶解度過高之觀點而言，加成莫耳數較佳為30以下，更佳為20以下，進而較佳為10以下。 關於改性聚矽氧之改性率，為了確保必要之親水性，較佳為5%以上，更佳為10%以上，進而較佳為20%以上。又，為了使之不溶於水，較佳為95%以下，更佳為70%以下，進而較佳為40%以下。再者，上述所謂改性聚矽氧之改性率係改性聚矽氧1分子中之經改性之矽氧烷鍵結部之重複單元之個數相對於矽氧烷鍵結部之重複單元之總個數的比率。例如於上述式[I]及[IV]中為(n/m＋n)×100%，式[II]中為(2/m)×100%，式[III]中為(1/m)×100%。 又，關於上述擴張係數及水溶解度，於聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧之情況下，分別亦可藉由除上述方式以外之如下方式而設定為特定範圍，即，作為改性基而併用水可溶性之聚氧乙烯基與水不溶性之聚氧丙烯基及聚氧丁烯基；改變水不溶性之聚矽氧鏈之分子量；作為改性基，除聚氧伸烷基改性以外，亦導入胺基、環氧基、羧基、羥基、甲醇(carbinol)基等。 於使不織布含有可用作第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑的聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧之情形時，以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit(含油率))計，較佳為含有0.02質量%以上且8質量%以下。該聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧之含有比率(OPU)更佳為5質量%以下，進而較佳為1質量%以下，尤佳為0.4質量%以下。藉由如此，不織布之觸感良好。又，就充分發揮由該聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧產生之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.0005質量%以上，進而較佳為0.0015質量%以上。 又，不限於不織布，生理用品中所含之聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧就確實地作用於液膜之觀點而言，其含量較佳為0.00001 g/m2 以上，更佳為0.0001 g/m2 以上，進而較佳為0.0003 g/m2 以上。又，生理用品中所含之聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧就確保液體透過性之觀點而言，其含量較佳為10 g/m2 以下，更佳為7 g/m2 以下，進而較佳為5 g/m2 以下。具體而言，生理用品中所含之作為第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑的聚伸烷基改性聚矽氧之含量較佳為0.00001 g/m2 以上且10 g/m2 以下，更佳為0.0001 g/m2 以上且7 g/m2 以下，進而較佳為0.0003 g/m2 以上且5 g/m2 以下。 作為第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑，如下所述較佳為具有選自由下述結構Z、Z-Y及Y-Z-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構的化合物。此處提及之結構Z、結構Y具體而言為下述結構。下述結構中，「C」表示碳原子，「＜」、「＞」及「-」分別表示鍵結鍵。 結構Z表示＞C(A)-、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R3 )＜、＞C(R3 )-、-C(R3 )(R4 )-、-C(R3 )2 -、＞C＜中之任一基本結構重複出現或2種以上進行組合而成之結構之烴鏈。於結構Z之末端具有選自由氫原子、或-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、 -C(A)2 -C(R3 )3 、-C(R3 )2 A、-C(R3 )3 所組成之群中之至少一種基。 上述R3 或R4 各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、芳烷基、或組合有該等之烴基、或氟原子等各種取代基。A、B各自獨立地表示羥基或羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基等包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構X內R3 、R4 、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，該等相互可相同亦可不同。又，連續之C(碳原子)間之鍵通常為單鍵，但亦可包含雙鍵或三鍵，C間之鍵亦可包含醚基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基等連結基。一個C與其他C鍵結之數量為1～4處，亦可存在長鏈之烴鏈上有分支、或具有放射狀之結構的情況。 結構Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子且具有親水性之親水基。例如為羥基、羧酸基、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基，或聚氧伸烷基(氧伸烷基之碳數較佳為1～4。例如較佳為聚氧乙烯基、聚氧丙烯基、聚氧丁烯基、或組合有該等之聚氧伸烷基)，或赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基、乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基，或磺酸基、硫酸基、磷酸基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、磷酸基甜菜鹼基、四級銨基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇(carbinol)基、甲基丙烯基等中之單獨一種親水基或包含其等之組合之親水基等。再者，於Y為複數個之情形時相互可相同亦可不同。 結構Z-Y及Y-Z-Y中，Y鍵結於Z、或Z之末端之基。於Y鍵結於Z之末端之基的情形時，Z之末端之基例如去除其數量等於與Y之鍵結數的氫原子等而與Y鍵結。 於該結構中，可自所具體說明之基中選擇親水基Y、A、B以滿足上述擴張係數、水溶解度、界面張力。如此表現出目標液膜開裂效果。 第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑較佳為將作為上述結構Z、Z-Y、Y-Z-Y之具體例之下述(12)～(25)式所表示之結構任意地加以組合而成的化合物。進而，就液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，該化合物較佳為具有上述範圍之重量平均分子量。 [化8]上述式(12)～(25)中，M2 、L2 、R41 、R42 、及R43 表示以下之1價或多價基(2價或其以上)。 M2 表示具有聚氧乙烯基、聚氧丙烯基、聚氧丁烯基、或組合有該等之聚氧伸烷基的基，或者赤藻糖醇基、木糖醇基、山梨糖醇基、甘油基或乙二醇基等具有複數個羥基之親水基，羥基、羧酸基、巰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基)、胺基、醯胺基、亞胺基、苯酚基、磺酸基、四級銨基、磺基甜菜鹼基、羥基磺基甜菜鹼基、磷酸基甜菜鹼基、咪唑鎓甜菜鹼基、羰基甜菜鹼基、環氧基、甲醇(carbinol)基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、或組合有該等之官能基。 L2 表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、或者聚氧乙烯基、聚氧丙烯基、聚氧丁烯基或組合有該等之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。 R41 、R42 及R43 各自獨立地表示包含氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～20。例如較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6～20。例如較佳為苯基)、氟烷基、芳烷基、或組合有該等之烴基、或鹵素原子(例如較佳為氟原子)的各種取代基。 於R42 為多價基之情形時，R42 表示自上述各取代基進而去除1個以上之氫原子而成之基。 再者，於各結構中所記載之鍵結鍵之末端可任意地連結其他結構或導入氫原子。 進而，作為上述化合物即第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之具體例，第一，可列舉聚醚化合物及非離子界面活性劑，第二，可列舉碳原子數5以上之烴化合物，但並不限定於該等。 關於作為第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之第1具體例的聚醚化合物及非離子界面活性劑，具體而言，可列舉：下述式[V]中之任一者所表示之聚氧伸烷基烷基(POA)醚、或下述式[VI]所表示之重量平均分子量1000以上之聚氧伸烷基二醇、硬脂醇聚醚、山崳醇聚醚、PPG肉豆蔻醚、PPG硬脂醚、PPG山崳醚等。作為聚氧伸烷基烷基醚，較佳為加成有3莫耳以上且24莫耳以下、較佳為5莫耳之POP的月桂醚等。作為聚醚化合物，較佳為加成有17莫耳以上且180莫耳以下、較佳為約50莫耳之聚丙二醇的重量平均分子量1000～10000、較佳為3000之聚丙二醇等。再者，上述重量平均分子量之測定可藉由下述測定方法進行。 於使不織布含有可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之情形時，以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計，較佳為含有0.1質量%以上且8質量%以下。該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之含有比率(OPU)更佳為5質量%以下，進而較佳為1.0質量%以下，尤佳為0.4質量%以下。藉由如此，不織布之觸感良好。又，就充分發揮由該聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑產生之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.0005質量%以上，進而較佳為0.0015質量%以上。 又，不限於不織布，生理用品中所含之聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑就確實地作用於液膜之觀點而言，其含量較佳為0.00001 g/m2 以上，更佳為0.0001 g/m2 以上，進而較佳為0.0003 g/m2 以上。又，生理用品中所含之聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑就確保液體透過性之觀點而言，其含量較佳為10 g/m2 以下，更佳為7 g/m2 以下，進而較佳為5 g/m2 以下。具體而言，生理用品中所含之作為第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之含量較佳為0.00001 g/m2 以上且10 g/m2 以下，更佳為0.0001 g/m2 以上且7 g/m2 以下，進而較佳為0.0003 g/m2 以上且5 g/m2 以下。 [化9][化10]上述式[V]中，L21 表示醚基、胺基、醯胺基、酯基、羰基、碳酸酯基、聚氧乙烯基、聚氧丙烯基、聚氧丁烯基或組合有該等之聚氧伸烷基等鍵結基。上述式[V]及[VI]中，R51 表示包含氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、甲氧基、乙氧基、苯基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或組合有該等之烴基、或氟原子的各種取代基。又，a、b、m及n各自獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示烷基(n＝2m＋1)，Ca Hb 表示伸烷基(a＝2b)。再者，該等碳原子數及氫原子數於各式[V]及[VI]中各自獨立地決定，未必表示相同整數，亦可為不同。以下之式[VII]～[XV]中之m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''亦同樣如此。再者，-(Ca Hb O)m -之「m」為1以上之整數。該重複單元之值於各式[V]及[VI]中各自獨立地決定，未必表示相同整數，亦可為不同。 關於上述第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之擴張係數、表面張力及水溶解度，於聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之情況下，例如可藉由聚氧伸烷基之莫耳數等而分別設定為特定範圍。就該觀點而言，聚氧伸烷基之莫耳數較佳為1以上且70以下。就藉由降低界面張力而擴張係數變大從而增強液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，莫耳數更佳為5以上，進而較佳為7以上。另一方面，就防止分子鏈之纏繞變得過強而於液膜內之擴散性降低之觀點而言，加成莫耳數較佳為70以下，更佳為60以下，進而較佳為50以下。 又，關於上述擴張係數、表面張力、界面張力及水溶解度，於聚醚化合物或非離子界面活性劑之情況下，分別可藉由如下方式而設定為特定範圍，即，併用水溶性之聚氧乙烯基與水不溶性之聚氧丙烯基及聚氧丁烯基，改變烴鏈之鏈長，使用於烴鏈上具有支鏈者，使用於烴鏈上具有雙鍵者，使用於烴鏈上具有苯環或萘環者，或將上述方式適當加以組合等。 對作為第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之第2具體例的碳原子數5以上之烴化合物進行說明。就液態者更容易於液膜表面擴張之觀點而言，該烴化合物之碳原子數較佳為100以下，更佳為50以下。該烴化合物不包括聚有機矽氧烷，其不限於直鏈，亦可為支鏈，該鏈對於飽和、不飽和無特別限定。又，於其中間及末端可具有酯或醚等取代基。其中，於常溫下為液態者可較佳地單獨使用。於使不織布含有該烴化合物之情形時，以相對於纖維質量之含有比率(Oil Per Unit)計，較佳為含有0.1質量%以上且5質量%以下。該烴化合物之含有比率(OPU)較佳為1質量%以下，更佳為0.99質量%以下，進而較佳為0.4質量%以下。藉由如此，不織布之觸感良好。又，就充分發揮由該烴化合物產生之液膜開裂效果之觀點而言，上述含有比率(OPU)更佳為0.0005質量%以上，進而較佳為0.0015質量%以上。 又，不限於不織布，生理用品中所含之碳原子數5以上之烴化合物就確實地作用於液膜之觀點而言，其含量較佳為0.00001 g/m2 以上，更佳為0.0001 g/m2 以上，進而較佳為0.0003 g/m2 以上。又，生理用品中所含之碳原子數5以上之烴化合物就無損液體透過性之觀點而言，其含量較佳為10 g/m2 以下，更佳為7 g/m2 以下，進而較佳為5 g/m2 以下。具體而言，生理用品中所含之作為第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的碳原子數5以上之烴化合物之含量較佳為0.00001 g/m2 以上且10 g/m2 以下，更佳為0.0001 g/m2 以上且7 g/m2 以下，進而較佳為0.0003 g/m2 以上且5 g/m2 以下。 作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的烴化合物，可列舉油或脂肪，例如天然油或天然脂肪。作為具體例，可列舉：椰子油、山茶油、蓖麻油、椰子(coconut)油、玉米油、橄欖油、葵花籽油、妥爾油、及該等之混合物等。 又，作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的烴化合物，可列舉：辛酸、癸酸、油酸、月桂酸、棕櫚酸、硬脂酸、肉豆蔻酸、山萮酸、及該等之混合物等如下述式[VII]所表示之脂肪酸。 [化11]上述式[VII]中，m及n各自獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的烴化合物(脂肪酸)之具體例，可列舉直鏈或支鏈、飽和或不飽和、經取代或未經取代之多元醇脂肪酸酯或多元醇脂肪酸酯之混合物，作為其例，可列舉如下述式[VIII-I]或[VIII-II]所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯，具體而言，可列舉：甘油三辛酸酯、甘油三棕櫚酸酯、及該等之混合物等。再者，甘油脂肪酸酯或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之混合物中典型而言會包含一些單、二、及三酯。作為甘油脂肪酸酯之較佳例，可列舉：甘油三辛酸酯、甘油三辛酸酯之混合物等。又，就降低界面張力、獲得更高之擴張係數之觀點而言，亦可使用以能夠維持水不溶性之程度導入有聚氧伸烷基之多元醇脂肪酸酯。 [化12][化13]上述式[VIII-I]及[VIII-II]中，m、m'、m''、n、n'及n''各自獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n分別相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 、Cm 'Hn '及Cm ''Hn ''分別表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的烴化合物(脂肪酸)之具體例，可列舉直鏈或支鏈之飽和或不飽和之脂肪酸與具有多個羥基之多元醇形成酯、且一部分羥基未經酯化而殘存的脂肪酸或脂肪酸混合物，作為其例，可列舉如下述式[IX]中之任一者、下述式[X]中之任一者、或下述式[XI]中之任一者所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯、或山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之部分酯化物。具體而言，可列舉：乙二醇單肉豆蔻酸酯、乙二醇二肉豆蔻酸酯、乙二醇棕櫚酸酯、乙二醇二棕櫚酸酯、甘油二肉豆蔻酸酯、甘油二棕櫚酸酯、甘油單油酸酯、山梨醇酐單油酸酯、山梨醇酐單硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐二油酸酯、山梨醇酐三硬脂酸酯、季戊四醇單硬脂酸酯、季戊四醇二月桂酸酯、季戊四醇三硬脂酸酯、及該等之混合物等。再者，包含甘油脂肪酸酯、或山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、季戊四醇脂肪酸酯等之部分酯化物的混合物中典型而言會包含一些已完全酯化之化合物。 [化14]上述式[IX]中，m及n各自獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n分別相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 [化15]上述式[X]中，R52 表示碳原子數2以上且22以下之直鏈或支鏈之飽和或不飽和之烴基(烷基、烯基、炔基等)。具體而言，可列舉：2-乙基己基、月桂基、肉豆蔻基、棕櫚基、硬脂基、山萮基、油基、亞麻油基等。 [化16]上述式[XI]中，m及n各自獨立為1以上之整數。複數個m、複數個n分別相互可相同亦可不同。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。 又，作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的烴化合物，可列舉：固醇、植固醇及固醇衍生物。作為具體例，可列舉具有下述式[XII]之固醇結構之膽固醇、穀固醇、豆固醇、麥角固醇、及該等之混合物等。 [化17]又，作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的烴化合物，可列舉醇。作為醇之具體例，可列舉如下述式[XIII]所表示之月桂醇、肉豆蔻醇、鯨蠟醇、硬脂醇、鯨蠟硬脂醇、山崳醇、及該等之混合物等。 [化18]上述式[XIII]中，m及n各自獨立為1以上之整數。此處，Cm Hn 表示上述各醇之烴基。 作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的脂肪酸酯之具體例，可列舉如下述式[XIV]所表示之肉豆蔻酸異丙酯、棕櫚酸異丙酯、乙基己酸鯨蠟酯、三異辛酸甘油酯、肉豆蔻酸辛基十二烷基酯、棕櫚酸乙基己酯、硬脂酸乙基己酯、硬脂酸丁酯、肉豆蔻酸肉豆蔻酯、硬脂酸硬脂酯、異硬脂酸膽固醇酯、及該等之混合物等。 [化19]上述式[XIV]中，m及n各自獨立為1以上之整數。此處，2個Cm Hn 可相同亦可不同。Cm Hn -COO-之Cm Hn 表示上述各脂肪酸之烴基。-COO-Cm Hn 之Cm Hn 表示源自形成酯之醇的烴基。 又，作為可用作第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑的化合物，可列舉蠟。作為蠟之具體例，可列舉如下述式[XV]所表示之地蠟、石蠟、凡士林、礦物油、液態異構石蠟等。 [化20]上述式[XV]中，m及n各自獨立為1以上之整數。 關於上述第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之擴張係數、表面張力、水溶解度及界面張力，於上述碳原子數5以上之烴化合物之情況下，分別可藉由如下方式而設定為特定範圍，例如，以能夠維持水不溶性之程度少量導入親水性之聚氧乙烯基，導入雖為疏水性但能夠降低界面張力之聚氧丙烯基或聚氧丁烯基，改變烴鏈之鏈長，使用於烴鏈上具有支鏈者，使用於烴鏈上具有雙鍵者，使用於烴鏈上具有苯環或萘環者等。 本發明之生理用品具有上述含有液膜開裂劑之含液膜開裂劑區域，於該含液膜開裂劑區域或其他區域中，除上述液膜開裂劑以外，視需要亦可含有其他成分。又，可使用第1實施形態之液膜開裂劑、第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑中之任一形態之劑，亦可將兩形態之劑組合使用，於後一種情形時，可使一含液膜開裂劑區域中混合存在兩劑。關於第2實施形態之液膜開裂劑之上述第1及第2具體例亦同樣如此。 (生理用品之基本構成) 如上所述，本發明之生理用品中具有吸收體，可於其肌膚抵接面側配置正面片材，於吸收體之非肌膚抵接面側配置背面片材。背面片材可為液體不透過性、液體難透過性或撥水性。於正面片材與吸收體之間亦可配置稱為第二片材之液體透過性之片材。於生理用品例如為經期衛生棉之情形時，該經期衛生棉一般而言呈具有長度方向及與其正交之寬度方向的縱長形狀。於經期衛生棉中之肌膚抵接面，可於寬度方向之兩側部配置沿長度方向延伸之一對防漏翻邊。防漏翻邊對經期衛生棉之使用者之肌膚側具有立起性，藉此阻止向經期衛生棉之肌膚抵接面排泄之經血發生洩漏。 吸收體較佳為包含高吸收性聚合物，除高吸收性聚合物以外，亦可代替其或一併包含吸收性之纖維材料。或者吸收體亦可僅由高吸收性聚合物構成。吸收體之典型例為此種生理用品通常所含之亦被稱為吸收性芯材之構件，具體而言，例如可列舉含有包含木漿之短纖漿、經親水化處理之合纖纖維等纖維材料、及粒子狀之高吸收性聚合物而構成者。該構成之吸收性芯材中，高吸收性聚合物通常經由濕潤狀態之高吸收性聚合物所產生之黏著力或者另外添加之接著劑或接著性纖維等黏合劑而保持於纖維材料之集合體中。吸收性芯材可為混合有短纖漿與高吸收性聚合物之纖維堆積體，可使用於該纖維堆積體中短纖漿與高吸收性聚合物均勻地混合、或不均勻地混合、或該等材料局部基重不同者。 作為本發明中使用之高吸收性聚合物，較佳為能夠吸收・保持自重之20倍以上之液體且能夠使之凝膠化者。作為此種高吸收性聚合物之例，可列舉：澱粉或交聯羧甲基化纖維素、丙烯酸或丙烯酸鹼金屬鹽之聚合物或共聚物等、聚丙烯酸及其鹽以及聚丙烯酸鹽接枝聚合物。作為聚丙烯酸鹽，可較佳地使用鈉鹽。 吸收體亦可具有吸收性芯材與被覆其之包芯片材。包芯片材不僅可為包覆吸收性芯材整體之形態，亦可為例如僅被覆吸收性芯材之肌膚抵接面側等之局部被覆之形態。本發明中，所謂吸收體係包含吸收性芯材及任意採用之包芯片材之概念。包芯片材可使用皺紋紙(crepe paper)或紡黏-熔噴-紡黏(SMS)不織布等。 正面片材只要為液體透過性之片材，則並無特別限制，例如可任意地採用熱風不織布、紡黏不織布、水刺不織布等該領域中之周知材料。該等不織布可利用由聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等樹脂構成之纖維而形成，較佳為對該等纖維應用親水性之纖維處理劑。正面片材可為包含1層者，亦可為包含2層以上之複數層者。又，正面片材可為肌膚抵接面或非肌膚抵接面平坦者，亦可為兩面中之任一者或兩者具有凹凸之非平坦者，亦可為使纖維之基重或密度產生各種變化者。於正面片材包含複數層之情形時，血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑可含有於全部層中，亦可含有於部分層中。 於將背面片材設為液體透過性之情形時，可使用與正面片材相同者。於將背面片材設為液體不透過性、液體難透過性或撥水性之情形時，可使用紡黏不織布、SMS不織布、透濕性膜等，亦可使用不織布與透濕性膜之積層體。 圖5及圖6表示作為本發明之生理用品之一實施形態的經期衛生棉10。經期衛生棉10具有對應於使用者之前後方向的縱方向X及與其正交之橫方向Y，如圖5所示，於俯視下呈縱方向X之最大長度大於橫方向Y之最大長度的縱長形狀。 經期衛生棉10具備形成經期衛生棉10之肌膚抵接面之液體透過性之正面片材20、形成經期衛生棉10之非肌膚抵接面之撥水性之背面片材30、及介置於兩片材20、30間之液體保持性之吸收體40，該等藉由接著劑等公知之接合方法實現一體化而構成。正面片材20及背面片材30分別自吸收體40之周緣延出，於該等延出部之端部，藉由接著劑、熱密封等公知之接合方法相互接合而形成端封部50。於經期衛生棉10之肌膚抵接面形成有使正面片材20與吸收體40一體地凹陷而成之俯視下呈環狀之防漏溝60。於經期衛生棉10之肌膚抵接面之沿縱方向X之左右兩側部，以遍及經期衛生棉10之縱方向X之大致全長之方式配置有一對側片材70、70。吸收體40包含液體保持性之吸收性芯材41、與被覆該吸收性芯材41之肌膚抵接面及非肌膚抵接面兩面之包芯片材42而構成。吸收性芯材41包含纖維材料與粒子狀之高吸收性聚合物而構成。 圖7表示經期衛生棉10所具備之正面片材20。正面片材20中，作為肌膚抵接面之第1面20A側為凹凸形狀，作為非肌膚抵接面之第2面20B側平坦或為凹凸形狀，但凹凸程度與第1面20A側相比極小。具體而言，第1面20A側之凹凸形狀具有複數個凸部21與包圍其之線狀之凹部22。複數個凸部21均向第1面20A側隆起。線狀之凹部22呈格子狀配置，藉由該呈格子狀配置之凹部22將正面片材20之第1面20A劃分成複數個區域，於該各區域配置有1個凸部21。即，於正面片材20之作為肌膚抵接面之第1面20A散佈地配置有複數個凸部21。 正面片材20包含藉由加熱而其長度伸長之熱伸長性纖維。作為熱伸長性纖維，例如可列舉：藉由加熱而樹脂之結晶狀態發生變化而伸長之纖維、或實施有捲縮加工且藉由加熱而消除捲縮從而外觀長度伸長之纖維等。若對作為正面片材20之製造中間體的以未加熱之熱伸長性纖維為主體之纖維網，藉由壓紋加工等形成格子狀之凹部22後，實施吹送熱風之熱風加工等加熱處理，則經凹部22劃分成之各區域中所存在之熱伸長性纖維伸長，藉此各區域變得比凹部22蓬鬆。如此形成之蓬鬆部分為凸部21。由於該正面片材20之製造步驟之關係，凸部21為充滿構成纖維之實心結構，但與凹部22相比成為纖維密度較疏之蓬鬆部分。另一方面，凹部22具有正面片材20之構成纖維經壓接或接著而成之壓接著部，凹部22中所存在之熱伸長性纖維因壓接著而使熱伸長性受損，故即便經歷加熱處理亦為非伸長之狀態。 正面片材20具有包含第1面20A側之上層與第2面20B側之下層的雙層構造。第1面20A側之上層為具有包含凸部21之凹凸形狀之層，以熱伸長性纖維為主體。熱伸長性纖維於該上層之全部構成纖維中所占之比率較佳為30質量%以上，更佳為50質量%以上，又，較佳為100質量%以下，更佳為80質量%以下。另一方面，第2面20B側之下層不含熱伸長性纖維、或與具有凹凸形狀之第1面20A側之上層相比熱伸長性纖維之含量較少。構成正面片材20之兩層較佳為藉由凹部22之壓接著部而相互接合。再者，正面片材20不限定於雙層構造，可為單層構造，亦可為3層以上之多層構造。 藉由採用此種具有凹凸形狀之正面片材20，控制與使用者肌膚之接觸面積而有效防止悶熱或皮膚斑疹。又，接觸肌膚之凸部21因熱伸長性纖維之熱伸長而變得蓬鬆，肌膚觸感柔和。 正面片材20可藉由例如以下之方法而製造。首先，對包含熱伸長性纖維之纖維網，藉由加熱壓紋加工而形成線狀之凹部22。此時，於凹部22，熱伸長性纖維被壓接或熔著而於未發生熱伸長之情況下得以固定。繼而，對纖維網實施熱風加工。藉此，凹部22以外之部分、即經格子狀之凹部22包圍之區域中所存在之熱伸長性纖維伸長，該部分向第1面20A側隆起，藉此形成凸部21，從而成為正面片材20。作為正面片材20之構成纖維，可僅使用熱伸長性纖維，或者除使用熱伸長性纖維以外，亦可進而使用非熱伸長性之熱熔著性纖維。作為正面片材20之構成纖維，例如可使用日本專利特開2005-350836號公報之段落[0013]、[0037]～[0040]中所記載者，日本專利特開2011-1277258號公報之段落[0012]、[0024]～[0046]中所記載者等。 (含血球凝集劑區域及含液膜開裂劑區域) 本發明者等人發現：藉由於該生理用品中使用血球凝集劑，且亦併用液膜開裂劑，可維持使用後之生理用品之表面白度。並且發現：如下所述，與僅使用血球凝集劑之情形及僅使用液膜開裂劑之情形相比，於併用該等之情形時回液量明顯減少。關於該現象，以採用經期衛生棉10之構成之情形為例進行說明。 首先，對在位於吸收性芯材41之肌膚抵接面側的包芯片材42設置含血球凝集劑區域、且不設置含液膜開裂劑區域之經期衛生棉(以下稱為經期衛生棉10A)進行說明。經期衛生棉10A不含液膜開裂劑，乃本發明之範圍外之生理用品。 若向經期衛生棉10A排泄血液，則到達包芯片材42之含血球凝集劑區域的血液於該位置開始形成紅血球凝集塊，與血漿成分分離。如此，如同在吸收體40中之間隙處進行過濾般，紅血球凝集塊被保持於吸收體40之肌膚抵接面側，血漿成分逐漸向吸收體中擴散。進而，血漿成分一直到達吸收體40中之非肌膚抵接面側，主要被保持於吸收性芯材41之非肌膚抵接面側。此處所保持之包含血漿成分之液體於經期衛生棉10A被施壓之情形等時有向肌膚抵接面側倒流之傾向，但受到吸收體40之肌膚抵接面側所存在之紅血球凝集塊之阻礙而難以到達正面片材20。藉此實現回液量之減少。 然而，經期衛生棉10A由於在接近正面片材20之位置形成紅血球凝集塊，故而自使用後之肌膚抵接面側所見之外觀存在改善餘地。 其次，對在正面片材20設置含液膜開裂劑區域、且不設置含血球凝集劑區域之經期衛生棉(以下稱為經期衛生棉10B)進行說明。經期衛生棉10B不含血球凝集劑，乃本發明之範圍外之生理用品。 若向經期衛生棉10B排泄血液，則到達正面片材20之含液膜開裂劑區域的血液於液膜開裂劑將液膜層之一部分推開而使液膜不穩定化之作用下，無法於正面片材20中連續形成液膜，因自重而流向吸收體40。藉此，於吸收體40中，血液、更具體而言通過含液膜開裂劑區域之血液於自肌膚抵接面側向非肌膚抵接面側流動之過程中沿平面方向擴散。結果於吸收體40中，非肌膚抵接面側之血液擴散面積大於肌膚抵接面側之血液擴散面積。因此，正面片材20中不保持液體之效果、與吸收體40之肌膚抵接面側之擴散面積較小之效果相輔地作用，使用後之經期衛生棉10B之表面白度變得極優異。又，於自吸收體40至正面片材20之肌膚抵接面側的區域，由於不存在液膜，故不易形成液體通路，實現回液量之減少。 然而，與不含血球凝集劑之經期衛生棉10B相比，含有血球凝集劑之經期衛生棉10A於被施壓之情形等時，有向肌膚抵接面側回流之傾向之血液受到吸收體之肌膚抵接面側所存在之紅血球凝集塊之阻礙而不易回到表層，因此回液量較少，從而經期衛生棉10B之血液吸收性能存在改善餘地。 相對於僅含有血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑之任一者之經期衛生棉10A、10B，本發明之生理用品含有兩劑。進而，本發明之生理用品中配設有含有血球凝集劑之含血球凝集劑區域與含有液膜開裂劑之含液膜開裂劑區域，且兩區域之配置位置均位於吸收體或較吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側。藉由於較吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設含血球凝集劑區域、含液膜開裂劑區域，可充分利用該等之作用效果，而實現回液量之減少、使用後之表面白度之提高效果。 作為本發明之生理用品之第1實施形態，可列舉在位於吸收性芯材41之肌膚抵接面側之包芯片材42中混合地配置有血球凝集劑與液膜開裂劑者，即，含血球凝集劑區域與含液膜開裂劑區域無論於厚度方向上或於平面方向上均重疊之經期衛生棉(以下稱為經期衛生棉10C)。 若向經期衛生棉10C排泄血液，該血液到達包芯片材42，則首先藉由液膜開裂劑之效果，血液無法連續形成液膜，而被迅速地引入至吸收性芯材41內。與此同時，藉由血球凝集劑之效果而逐漸形成紅血球凝集塊。所形成之紅血球凝集塊無法再繼續通過吸收性芯材41內之空隙，因此被保持於吸收體40之厚度方向上之中腹。另一方面，血液中之血漿成分進而擴散至吸收性芯材41之非肌膚抵接面側而保持於此。於該整個過程中，通過含液膜開裂劑區域之血液沿平面方向擴散。結果於吸收體40中，非肌膚抵接面側之血液擴散面積大於肌膚抵接面側之血液擴散面積。 根據以上之現象，首先，關於回液量，被保持於吸收體40之非肌膚抵接面側之液體受到紅血球凝集塊之阻礙而不易移動至肌膚抵接面側。並且，由於包芯片材42中無液膜形成，故而不易形成到達正面片材20之液體通路。藉由以上之相輔效果，經期衛生棉10C之回液量與經期衛生棉10A及經期衛生棉10B相比顯著減少。 其次，關於表面白度，由於紅血球凝集塊被保持於吸收體40之厚度方向上之中腹，故而不易透過正面片材20側顯現。並且，由於吸收體40之肌膚抵接面側之擴散面積較小，故而經期衛生棉10C表現出優於經期衛生棉10A之白度。 作為本發明之生理用品之第2實施形態，可列舉對正面片材20設置有含液膜開裂劑區域，對位於吸收性芯材41之肌膚抵接面側之包芯片材42設置有含血球凝集劑區域的經期衛生棉(以下稱為經期衛生棉10D)。經期衛生棉10D中，正面片材20之含液膜開裂劑區域與包芯片材42之含血球凝集劑區域於俯視下至少局部、較佳為全部重疊。 經期衛生棉10D中，發生與經期衛生棉10C相同之現象，但在不僅於包芯片材42、且於正面片材20無液膜形成之方面存在差異。藉此，正面片材20本身之白度與經期衛生棉10C相比獲得改善，因此對吸收體40中之紅血球凝集塊的遮蔽性亦獲得改善。結果經期衛生棉10D與經期衛生棉10C相比表面白度更優異。 本發明之生理用品中，血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑可配設於吸收體或較吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側之任一部位。其中，於配設於吸收體之情形時，較佳為各劑均被配設於吸收體之肌膚抵接面側或位於吸收體之肌膚抵接面側之包芯片材。即，較佳為各劑均被配設於較高吸收性聚合物更靠肌膚抵接面側。藉此，可於血液被高吸收性聚合物吸收之前先行使血球凝集。又，藉此，可於血液向吸收體內擴散之前降低血液之表面張力。 又，本發明之生理用品中，含血球凝集劑區域未被配設於正面片材20而被配設於相較於正面片材而言之非肌膚抵接面側，此就於生理用品內部生成以紅血球為代表之經血中之非液體成分之凝集塊而防止該非液體成分附著於使用者肌膚上的方面而言較佳。於經期衛生棉10C及10D中，含血球凝集劑區域均配設於包芯片材42。含血球凝集劑區域亦可配設於吸收性芯材41。 又，本發明之生理用品中，於生理用品之厚度方向上，含血球凝集劑區域與含液膜開裂劑區域可如經期衛生棉10C般兩區域被配設於同一位置，但就容易獲得兩劑之相輔效果之觀點而言，較佳為兩區域被配設於不同位置，尤佳為如經期衛生棉10D般含液膜開裂劑區域相較於含血球凝集劑區域而被配設於肌膚抵接面側。再者，關於此處所謂「含液膜開裂劑區域相較於含血球凝集劑區域而被配設於肌膚抵接面側」之狀態，於生理用品於俯視下兩區域重疊之情形時，只要該重疊部分彼此間成立即可。 另一方面，於生理用品之平面方向上，含血球凝集劑區域與含液膜開裂劑區域可不重疊而空開間隔，但就容易獲得兩劑之相輔效果之觀點而言，較佳為如經期衛生棉10C及10D般兩區域於平面方向上重疊。 又，於本發明之生理用品為如圖5及圖6所示之經期衛生棉之情形時，含血球凝集劑區域及含液膜開裂劑區域就使兩區域容易與血液接觸之觀點而言，較佳為設置於排泄口抵接區域。所謂排泄口抵接區域，於日用經期衛生棉中為其寬度方向及長度方向之中央部，於夜用經期衛生棉中為將該夜用經期衛生棉沿長度方向分割成4處之情形時位於自前方側(使用者之腹側)起之第2處之分割區域之寬度方向及長度方向之中央部。 含血球凝集劑區域中之血球凝集劑於平面方向上之分佈圖案、及含液膜開裂劑區域中之液膜開裂劑於平面方向上之分佈圖案分別無特別限制，可採用任意圖案。 以含血球凝集劑區域為例，例如於如上述經期衛生棉10C及10D般在包芯片材配設含血球凝集劑區域之情形時，血球凝集劑可連續地附著於包芯片材之一面之全域，或者亦可僅連續地附著於包芯片材之一面之局部。前者之形態具有可應對無論自何位置發生之排泄之優點，後者之形態具有可抑制因附著有血球凝集劑所致之片材柔軟性之降低之優點。又，血球凝集劑之附著圖案不限定於此種無血球凝集劑之非附著部的連續附著圖案，亦可為血球凝集劑之附著部與非附著部混合存在之非連續附著圖案。作為非連續附著圖案，例如可列舉：1)於俯視下呈線狀之血球凝集劑之附著部於與其長度方向正交之方向上間斷配置而成之條紋狀圖案、2)由相互交叉之複數根於俯視下呈線狀之血球凝集劑之附著部所形成之格子狀圖案、3)於俯視下呈圓形等特定形狀之血球凝集劑之附著部散佈地配置而成之點狀圖案。上述1)之圖案具有能夠使排泄液沿線狀之血球凝集劑之附著部之長度方向擴散之優點，例如若使線狀之血球凝集劑之附著部之長度方向與生理用品之縱方向(使用者之前後方向)一致，則會促進經血等排泄液沿縱方向擴散。上述2)及3)之圖案均具有減輕因殘存有紅血球凝集塊所致之表面紅色之優點，上述2)之圖案亦進而具有提高由血球凝集劑產生之作用效果之確實性之優點。關於含液膜開裂劑區域，亦可採用與含血球凝集劑區域相同之劑附著圖案。 本發明之生理用品中，含血球凝集劑區域之面積與含液膜開裂劑區域之面積可相同亦可不同。 就大面積接觸血液之觀點而言，生理用品中之含血球凝集劑區域之總面積較佳為30 cm2 以上，更佳為70 cm2 以上，進而較佳為100 cm2 以上。又，生理用品中之含血球凝集劑區域之總面積越大越佳，但實際為350 cm2 以下。 就大面積接觸血液之觀點而言，生理用品中之含液膜開裂劑區域之總面積較佳為10 cm2 以上，更佳為30 cm2 以上，進而較佳為50 cm2 以上。又，經期衛生棉中之含液膜開裂劑區域之總面積越大越佳，但實際為350 cm2 以下。 (分析方法) 自市售之生理用品分析血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑以及第三成分之方法如下所述。 首先，針對分析對象之生理用品，使用乾燥器等加熱機器使接著各構件之熱熔接著劑弱化後，分解為正面片材、吸收體、背面片材等構件。繼而，對分解出之各構件進行自非極性溶劑至極性溶劑之多階段溶劑萃取法，使溶劑乾燥，取出測定對象之混合物。根據所取出之物質之構成物而選擇適宜之管柱及溶劑後，藉由高效液相層析法分離各成分，進而對各成分進行NMR(核磁共振法)、IR(紅外分光法)、MS(質譜法)、元素分析等，藉此鑑定各成分之結構。同時，測定各成分之重量。於包含高分子化合物之情形時，藉由併用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)等方法而更容易鑑定構成成分。 於所獲得之構成成分之量不足以供應各測定之情形時，該物質若為市售品則藉由購置、若非市售品則藉由合成而取得充足量。 藉此，於所獲得之構成成分為陽離子性聚合物之情形時、或為具有上述(形成凝集塊之性質)之物質之情形時，判斷為血球凝集劑。又，於所獲得之構成成分對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上之情形時、或對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m且對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下之情形時、或為具有上述(使液膜消失之性質)之物質之情形時，判斷為液膜開裂劑。既不屬於血球凝集劑亦不屬於液膜開裂劑者判斷為第三成分。 (分子量之測定) 陽離子性聚合物(血球凝集劑)之分子量可使用Tosoh股份有限公司製造之HLC-8320GPC進行測定。具體之測定條件如下所述。 包含甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯等水溶性聚合性單體之共聚物之情形 分離管柱：保護管柱α與分析管柱α-M串列連接者(Tosoh股份有限公司製造) 溶離液：於水中溶解有150 mmol/L之硫酸鈉與1質量%之乙酸者 溶劑流速：1.0 ml/min 注入量：100 μL 分離管柱溫度：40℃ 包含甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯等水溶性聚合性單體之共聚物以外之情形 分離管柱：保護管柱α與分析管柱α-M串列連接者(Tosoh股份有限公司製造) 溶離液：於乙醇：水＝3：7(體積比)中溶解有50 mmol/L之溴化鋰與1質量%之乙酸者 溶劑流速：0.6 ml/min 注入量：100 μL 分離管柱溫度：40℃ 檢測器係使用RI(折射率)。作為測定樣品，使1 mg之測定對象之陽離子性聚合物溶解於溶離液1 mL。關於包含甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯等水溶性聚合性單體之共聚物，採用使分子量5900之支鏈澱粉、分子量47300之支鏈澱粉、分子量21.2萬之支鏈澱粉、分子量78.8萬之支鏈澱粉各2.5 mg溶解於溶離液10 mL所得之支鏈澱粉混合物作為分子量標準。關於包含甲基丙烯酸羥基乙酯等水溶性聚合性單體之共聚物以外，採用使分子量106之聚乙二醇(PEG)、分子量400之PEG、分子量1470之PEG、分子量6450之PEG、分子量5萬之聚環氧乙烷(PEO)、分子量23.5萬之PEO、分子量87.5萬之PEO各10 mg溶解於溶離液20 mL所得之PEG-PEO混合物作為分子量標準。 陽離子性聚合物以外之高分子化合物之重量平均分子量之測定係使用凝膠滲透層析儀(GPC)「CCPD」(商品名，Tosoh股份有限公司製造)進行測定。測定條件如下所述。又，換算分子量之計算係基於聚苯乙烯進行。 分離管柱：GMHHR-H＋GMHHR-H(陽離子) 溶離液：L Farmin DM20/CHCl3 溶劑流速：1.0 ml/min 分離管柱溫度：40℃ (水溶解度) 本說明書中，所謂「水溶解度」係指血球凝集劑或液膜開裂劑於去離子水100 g中能夠溶解之質量。又，本說明書中所謂「水溶性」係指水溶解度為10 g以上者。 於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中，一面利用攪拌器攪拌100 g之去離子水，一面使測定對象之化合物緩慢地溶解，目視觀察其溶解程度，將該化合物不再溶解之時間點、即能夠目視確認到懸浮、沈澱、析出及白濁中之任一現象之時間點下的該化合物之溶解量設為水溶解度。具體而言，以每次添加0.0001 g劑之方式進行測定。其結果，將觀察到0.0001 g亦無法溶解者記為「未達0.0001 g」，將觀察到0.0001 g能夠溶解但0.0002 g無法溶解者記為「0.0001 g」。再者，於測定對象之化合物為界面活性劑之情形時，所謂「溶解」意指單分散溶解與微胞分散溶解兩種情況，觀察到懸浮或沈澱、析出、白濁之時間點下之溶解量為水溶解度。 (製造方法) 含血球凝集劑區域及含液膜開裂劑區域可藉由使構成不織布之合成纖維、或構成吸收體之紙漿纖維或高吸收性聚合物等預先經該等劑單獨成分或包含上述劑之溶液浸漬後，製造經期衛生棉而形成。此外，亦可列舉將合成纖維進行不織布化後對不織布、或將紙漿纖維成形為吸收性芯材或包芯片材後對該等吸收性芯材或包芯片材塗佈該等劑單獨成分或包含上述劑之溶液的方法。作為上述溶液，例如可列舉利用溶劑稀釋血球凝集劑或液膜開裂劑所得之溶液等(以下亦將該溶液稱為劑溶液)。再者，亦可於包含液膜開裂劑之溶液中混合上述磷酸酯型陰離子界面活性劑。該情形時之液膜開裂劑與磷酸酯型陰離子界面活性劑之含有比率較佳為如上所述。作為上述溶劑，可無特別限制地使用能夠使該等劑於溶劑中適度溶解或分散乳化以容易進行塗佈者。例如，作為使血球凝集劑溶解者，可列舉：乙醇、甲醇等醇、或水。作為使液膜開裂劑溶解者，可使用乙醇、甲醇、丙酮、己烷等有機溶劑，或於製成乳化液之情形時，當然亦可使用水作為溶劑或分散介質，作為於使之乳化時所使用之乳化劑，可列舉包含烷基磷酸酯、脂肪酸醯胺、烷基甜菜鹼、烷基磺基琥珀酸鈉等之各種界面活性劑。作為同時使血球凝集劑與液膜開裂劑溶解之溶劑，可列舉水與醇之混合溶劑。 作為使血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑附著於構成材料之表面之方法，可無特別限制地採用通常所用之各種方法。例如可列舉：使用噴霧器進行之塗佈、使用狹縫式塗佈機進行之塗佈、浸漬等。於將該等劑應用於不織布之情形時，該等處理可對網化前之纖維進行，亦可於利用各種方法使纖維實現網化後進行。又，於將該等劑應用於吸收體之情形時，該等處理可對成形為吸收體形狀之前之短纖漿或吸收性聚合物進行，亦可於成形為吸收體形狀之後對吸收性芯材或包芯片材進行。又，視需要使用將該等劑溶解於溶劑而成之劑溶液、或該等劑之乳化液、分散液而進行。於該情形時，表面附著有該等劑之構成材料較佳為利用例如熱風送風式乾燥機，在充分低於構成材料之熔點或燃點之溫度(例如120℃以下)下進行乾燥。 本發明之生理用品不限於經期衛生棉，亦可應用於衛生護墊等只要存在吸收血液之可能性之其他生理用品。 關於上述實施形態，本發明進而揭示以下之形態。 ＜1＞ 一種生理用品，其係具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體者，且 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有血球凝集劑之含血球凝集劑區域、與 含有液膜開裂劑之含液膜開裂劑區域。 ＜2＞ 如上述＜1＞記載之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑為陽離子性聚合物。 ＜3＞ 如上述＜1＞或＜2＞記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上。 ＜4＞ 一種生理用品，其係具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體者，且 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有陽離子性聚合物之含陽離子性聚合物區域、與 含有下述化合物C1之含化合物區域。 [化合物C1] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上的化合物。 ＜5＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜4＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上，較佳為20 mN/m以上，更佳為25 mN/m以上，進而較佳為30 mN/m以上，又，為50 mN/m以下。 ＜6＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜5＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1包含具有選自由下述結構X、X-Y及Y-X-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構的化合物。 結構X表示＞C(A)-〈C表示碳原子。又，＜、＞及-表示鍵結鍵。以下相同〉、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R1 )＜、＞C(R1 )-、-C(R1 )(R2 )-、-C(R1 )2 -、＞C＜、及-Si(R1 )2 O-、-Si(R1 )(R2 )O-中之任一基本結構重複出現或2種以上進行組合而成之結構之矽氧烷鏈、或其混合鏈。於結構X之末端具有選自由氫原子、或-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、-C(A)2 -C(R1 )3 、-C(R1 )2 A、-C(R1 )3 、或-OSi(R1 )3 、-OSi(R1 )2 (R2 )、-Si(R1 )3 、-Si(R1 )2 (R2 )所組成之群中之至少一種基。 上述R1 或R2 各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基或鹵素原子。A、B各自獨立地表示包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。於結構X內R1 、R2 、A、B各自存在複數個之情形時，該等相互可相同亦可不同。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子且具有親水性之親水基。於Y為複數個之情形時相互可相同亦可不同。 ＜7＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜6＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1為有機改性聚矽氧，該有機改性為選自胺基改性、環氧改性、羧基改性、二醇改性、甲醇(carbinol)改性、(甲基)丙烯醯基改性、巰基改性、酚改性、聚醚改性(包括聚氧伸烷基改性)、甲基苯乙烯基改性、長鏈烷基改性、高級脂肪酸酯改性、高級烷氧基改性、高級脂肪酸改性或氟改性中之一種或複數種。 ＜8＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜6＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1為下述式[I]～[IV]所表示之聚氧伸烷基改性聚矽氧。 [化21][化22][化23][化24]＜9＞ 如上述＜1＞或＜2＞記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m，且 上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。 ＜10＞ 一種生理用品，其係具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體者，且 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有陽離子性聚合物之含陽離子性聚合物區域、與 含有下述化合物C2之含化合物區域。 [化合物C2] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m、且對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下的化合物。 ＜11＞ 如上述＜1＞、＜2＞、＜9＞或＜10＞記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m，較佳為9 mN/m以上，更佳為10 mN/m以上，進而較佳為15 mN/m以上，又，為50 mN/m以下。 ＜12＞ 如上述＜1＞、＜2＞、＜9＞至＜11＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2包含具有選自由下述結構Z、Z-Y及Y-Z-Y所組成之群中之至少1種結構的化合物。 結構Z表示＞C(A)-〈C：碳原子〉、-C(A)2 -、-C(A)(B)-、＞C(A)-C(R3 )＜、＞C(R3 )-、-C(R3 )(R4 )-、-C(R3 )2 -、＞C＜中之任一基本結構重複出現或2種以上進行組合而成之結構之烴鏈。於結構Z之末端具有選自由氫原子、或-C(A)3 、-C(A)2 B、-C(A)(B)2 、 -C(A)2 -C(R3 )3 、-C(R3 )2 A、-C(R3 )3 所組成之群中之至少一種基。 上述R3 或R4 各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、氟烷基、芳烷基、或組合有該等之烴基、或氟原子。A、B各自獨立地表示包含氧原子或氮原子之取代基。 Y表示包含選自氫原子、碳原子、氧原子、氮原子、磷原子、硫原子中之原子且具有親水性之親水基。於Y為複數個之情形時相互可相同亦可不同。 ＜13＞ 如上述＜1＞、＜2＞、＜9＞至＜12＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2為選自下述式[V]中之任一者所表示之聚氧伸烷基烷基(POA)醚、或下述式[VI]所表示之質量平均分子量1000以上之聚氧伸烷基二醇、硬脂醇聚醚、山崳醇聚醚、PPG肉豆蔻醚、PPG硬脂醚或PPG山崳醚中之一種或複數種。 [化25][化26]＜14＞ 如上述＜1＞、＜2＞、＜9＞至＜12＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C2為選自下述式[VII]所表示之脂肪酸、下述式[VIII-I]或[VIII-II]所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯、下述式[IX]、下述式[X]或下述式[XI]中之任一者所表示之甘油脂肪酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯、或季戊四醇脂肪酸酯之部分酯化物、下述式[XII]所表示之固醇、下述式[XIII]所表示之醇、下述式[XIV]所表示之脂肪酸酯、或者下述式[XV]所表示之蠟中之一種或複數種。 [化27][化28][化29][化30][化31][化32][化33][化34][化35][化36]＜15＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜14＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之熔點較佳為40℃以下，更佳為35℃以下，又，較佳為-220℃以上，更佳為-180℃以上。 ＜16＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜15＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之水溶解度為0 g以上，較佳為1.0×10-9 g以上，又，為0.025 g以下，較佳為0.0017 g以下，更佳為未達0.0001 g。 ＜17＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜16＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力較佳為20 mN/m以下，更佳為17 mN/m以下，進而較佳為13 mN/m以下，尤佳為10 mN/m以下，進而尤佳為9 mN/m以下，最佳為1 mN/m以下，又，大於0 mN/m。 ＜18＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜17＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之表面張力較佳為32 mN/m以下，更佳為30 mN/m以下，進而較佳為25 mN/m以下，尤佳為22 mN/m以下，又，較佳為1 mN/m以上。 ＜19＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜18＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑或上述化合物C1或上述化合物C2之重量平均分子量較佳為500以上，更佳為1000以上，進而較佳為1500以上，尤佳為2000以上，又，較佳為50000以下，更佳為20000以下，進而較佳為10000以下。 ＜20＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜19＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物為四級銨鹽均聚物、四級銨鹽共聚物或四級銨鹽縮聚物。 ＜21＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜20＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物之重量平均分子量較佳為2000以上，更佳為1萬以上，進而較佳為3萬以上，又，較佳為1000萬以下，更佳為500萬以下，進而較佳為300萬以下。 ＜22＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜21＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物為包含具有主鏈與鍵結於主鏈之側鏈之結構、且具有以下之式1所表示之重複單元的四級銨鹽均聚物，或為包含具有主鏈與鍵結於主鏈之側鏈之結構、且具有以下之式1所表示之重複單元與以下之式2所表示之重複單元的四級銨鹽共聚物，上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物之上述主鏈與上述側鏈以1點鍵結，該側鏈具有四級銨部位。 [化37][化38]＜23＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜22＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物為流動電位1500 μeq/L以上之包含四級銨鹽均聚物或四級銨鹽共聚物之水溶性陽離子性聚合物。 ＜24＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜23＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物之凝集速度為0.75 mPa・s/s以下。 ＜25＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜24＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物之作為無機性值與有機性值之比率的無機性值/有機性值之值為0.6以上且4.6以下，上述血球凝集劑或上述陽離子性聚合物為四級銨鹽均聚物、四級銨鹽共聚物或四級銨鹽縮聚物。 ＜26＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜25＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述吸收體包含高吸收性聚合物。 ＜27＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜26＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述吸收體具有混合有短纖漿與高吸收性聚合物之纖維堆積體。 ＜28＞ 如上述＜26＞或＜27＞記載之生理用品，其中上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域及上述液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域係配設於較上述高吸收性聚合物更靠肌膚抵接面側。 ＜29＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜28＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域係配設於較上述正面片材更靠非肌膚抵接面側。 ＜30＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜29＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述含液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域係配設於較上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域更靠肌膚抵接面側。 ＜31＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜30＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述含液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域與上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域於平面方向上重疊。 ＜32＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜31＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述含液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域係配設於上述正面片材。 ＜33＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜32＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述吸收體具有吸收性芯材與被覆該吸收性芯材之包芯片材。 ＜34＞ 如上述＜33＞記載之生理用品，其中對位於上述吸收性芯材之肌膚抵接面側之上述包芯片材配設有上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域。 ＜35＞ 如上述＜1＞至＜34＞中任一項記載之生理用品，其中上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域及上述液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域中之一者或兩者係配設於上述生理用品之排泄口抵接區域。 [實施例] 以下，藉由實施例而更具體地說明本發明，但本發明並不限定於該等實施例。再者，擴張係數、界面張力、表面張力及水溶解度如上所述係於溫度25℃、相對濕度(RH)65%之環境區域中進行測定所得者。下述實施例中之血球凝集劑之流動電位及IOB值、以及液膜開裂劑之表面張力、水溶解度及界面張力係藉由上述測定方法或計算方法進行測定或計算。又，下述表中之「-」意指未使用項目名所表示之劑、不具有相當於項目之值等。液膜開裂劑之OPU係相對於不織布整體之纖維質量的含有比率。 [實施例1] 依據常規方法製作具有與圖5所示之經期衛生棉10相同之構成的經期衛生棉。具體而言，對於市售之經期衛生棉(花王股份有限公司於2015年生產之「LAURIER HADA-KIREI Guard 日用普通型 護翼型」)，利用乾燥器使接著各構件之熱熔接著劑弱化，使用經分解取出之正面片材、背面片材、吸收體各者。該吸收體係利用包芯片材被覆包含短纖漿與高吸收性聚合物之混合纖維堆積體之吸收性芯材所得者(以下亦稱為吸收體X)。 對位於吸收體X之肌膚抵接面側之包芯片材(肌膚側包芯片材)之整體塗佈二烯丙基二甲基氯化銨(Lubrizol Japan股份有限公司製造，Merquat 100)(以下亦稱為劑A)作為血球凝集劑後，進而塗佈聚氧乙烯(POE)改性二甲基聚矽氧(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造，KF-6015)(以下亦成為劑G)作為液膜開裂劑。兩劑之具體塗佈方法記於下文。 於如此對形成肌膚對向面之肌膚側包芯片材之全域疊塗有血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑的吸收體X之該肌膚對向面上重疊正面片材，施加壓力而使兩者一體化，進而於吸收體X之非肌膚對向面上重疊背面片材，而獲得實施例1之經期衛生棉。 實施例1中之劑A之塗佈方法如下所述。使劑A溶解於溶劑乙醇，製作0.06質量%之稀釋液作為塗佈液，利用噴霧器於吸收體X之肌膚側包芯片材之肌膚抵接面之全域塗佈該塗佈液，其後使溶劑乾燥。 實施例1中之劑G之塗佈方法如下所述。使劑G溶解於溶劑乙醇，製作液膜開裂劑之有效成分0.06質量%之稀釋液作為塗佈液，利用噴霧器於吸收體X之肌膚側包芯片材之肌膚抵接面之全域塗佈該塗佈液，其後使溶劑乾燥。關於劑G，上述結構X-Y中之X含有包含-Si(CH3 )2 O-之二甲基聚矽氧鏈，Y含有包含-(C2 H4 O)-之POE鏈，POE鏈之末端基為甲基(CH3 )，改性率為20%，聚氧乙烯加成莫耳數為3。 再者，於測定上述聚氧乙烯(POE)改性二甲基聚矽氧之擴張係數及界面張力時，「表面張力為50 mN/m之液體」係使用利用微量吸管(ACURA825，Socorex Isba SA公司製造)於100 g之去離子水中添加3.75 μL之作為非離子系界面活性物質之聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯(花王股份有限公司製造，商品名RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120)而將表面張力調整為50±1 mN/m的溶液。 [實施例2] 不對包芯片材(吸收體)而對正面片材塗佈液膜開裂劑之塗佈液，除此以外，藉由與實施例1相同之方式獲得實施例2之經期衛生棉。 [實施例3～7] 將血球凝集劑變更為下述劑B～F，除此以外，藉由與實施例1相同之方式獲得實施例3～7之經期衛生棉。 ・劑B(實施例3)：二烯丙基二甲基氯化銨(Nittobo Medical股份有限公司製造，PAS-H-5L) ・劑C(實施例4)：聚甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基二甲基銨二乙基硫酸鹽(使甲基丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯之二乙基硫酸鹽溶解於作為溶劑之乙醇，添加作為油溶性偶氮起始劑之2,2'-Azobis(2-methylpropionamidine)dihydrochloride(2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙脒)二鹽酸鹽)(和光純藥股份有限公司製造之V-65B)並進行加熱，使之聚合，而獲得水溶性之四級銨鹽均聚物) ・劑D(實施例5)：聚甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基二甲基銨二乙基硫酸鹽/二甲基丙烯醯胺共聚物(以前者/後者＝56：44之莫耳比使用甲基丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯之二乙基硫酸鹽與二甲基丙烯醯胺，使之溶解於作為溶劑之乙醇，添加作為油溶性偶氮起始劑之2,2'-Azobis(2-methylpropionamidine)dihydrochloride(和光純藥股份有限公司製造之V-65B)並進行加熱，使之共聚合，而獲得水溶性之四級銨鹽共聚物) ・劑E(實施例6)：聚甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基三甲基銨硫酸鹽(SENKA公司製造) ・劑F(實施例7)：聚甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基三甲基銨甲基鹽酸鹽(使甲基丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯之氯化甲基鹽溶解於作為溶劑之乙醇，添加作為油溶性偶氮起始劑之2,2'-Azobis(2-methylpropionamidine)dihydrochloride(和光純藥股份有限公司製造之V-65B)並進行加熱，使之聚合，而獲得水溶性之四級銨鹽均聚物) [實施例8～9] 將液膜開裂劑變更為下述劑H～I，除此以外，藉由與實施例1相同之方式獲得實施例8～9之經期衛生棉。 ・劑H(實施例8)：聚氧丙烯(POP)烷基醚(花王股份有限公司製造，消泡劑No.8) ・劑I(實施例9)：三辛酸・辛酸甘油酯(花王股份有限公司製造，COCONARD MT) [實施例10] 對於市售之經期衛生棉(花王股份有限公司於2015年生產之「Laurier Slim Guard 日用加強型 護翼型 25 cm」)，利用乾燥器使接著各構件之熱熔接著劑弱化，使用經分解取出之正面片材、背面片材、吸收體各者。該吸收體係利用包芯片材被覆由5片於兩張皺紋紙間夾持有高吸收性聚合物之片材積層而成之吸收性芯材所得者(以下亦稱為吸收體Y)。除上述方面以外，藉由與實施例1相同之方式獲得實施例10之經期衛生棉。 [參考例1] 不塗佈液膜開裂劑，除此以外，藉由與實施例1相同之方式獲得參考例1之經期衛生棉。 [參考例2] 不塗佈血球凝集劑，除此以外，藉由與實施例1相同之方式獲得參考例2之經期衛生棉。 [參考例3] 不塗佈液膜開裂劑，除此以外，藉由與實施例10相同之方式獲得參考例3之經期衛生棉。 [參考例4] 不塗佈血球凝集劑，除此以外，藉由與實施例10相同之方式獲得參考例4之經期衛生棉。 [比較例1] 將市售之經期衛生棉(花王股份有限公司於2015年生產之「LAURIER HADA-KIREI Guard 日用普通型 護翼型」)其本身、即不含血球凝集劑且不含液膜開裂劑之經期衛生棉作為比較例1之經期衛生棉。 針對上述實施例、參考例及比較例，分別藉由下述方法評價回液量、擴散面積、表面白度(L值)。其結果如下述表2～5所示。 ＜回液量之評價方法＞ 將評價對象之經期衛生棉展開成平面狀，以肌膚對向面側(正面片材側)朝上之方式水平載置，將以筒內徑22 mm、筒高度50 mm之丙烯酸系樹脂製圓筒部位於10 mm之注液用開口部上之方式一體成形的丙烯酸系樹脂製注液板以其注液孔位於該經期衛生棉之肌膚對向面(正面片材側)中之排泄部對向區域之中央的方式疊放於該衛生棉之上，適當放置重物(包括注液板本身)以將荷重調整成為5 g/m2 。稱取3 g上述模擬血液置於10 cc之注液燒杯內。將該血液一次性迅速注入至上述注液板之筒內後，放置3分鐘，其後再次注入3 g，將經期衛生棉於此狀態下放置3分鐘。其後，立即於衛生棉中之注入有血液之部分放置10片已秤重之吸收紙(Advantec 5A，55 mm)與重量960 g之長方體之重物，靜置10秒，根據10秒後之吸收紙重量而算出該吸收紙所吸取之血液之量(g)。進行3次計測，取其平均值作為該經期衛生棉之回液量。回液量之值越小則表示該經期衛生棉之吸收性能越優異。 ＜擴散面積之評價方法＞ 自剛進行過上述＜回液量之評價方法＞後之經期衛生棉去除正面片材等，於吸收體之肌膚抵接面側及非肌膚抵接面側分別重疊OHP片材(KOKUYO股份有限公司，再生OHP膜，A4尺寸，VF-1300N 透明)，描摹出潤濕範圍。其後，利用掃描儀讀取OHP片材，取入至圖像軟體(Nippon Roper 股份有限公司製造，Image-Pro 6.2J)中而計算面積。進行3次計測，取其平均值作為各擴散面積。 算出吸收體之非肌膚抵接面側之擴散面積與吸收體之肌膚抵接面側之擴散面積的比(後者/前者)。於該比超過1之情形時，即非肌膚抵接面側之擴散面積大於肌膚抵接面側之擴散面積之情形時，意指血液(上述模擬血液)於吸收體中自肌膚抵接面側向非肌膚抵接面側移動時沿平面方向擴散，該比超過1而越變大，意指該擴散越得到促進。進而，若該血液之擴散得到促進，則對於見到使用後之生理用品之肌膚抵接面側之使用者而言，由於該肌膚抵接面側所殘留之血液與非肌膚抵接面側相比相對較少，故可能關係對該生理用品之吸收性能之信賴感、安心感之給予，亦可能關係到使用後之表面白度之提高。即，上述比越大則為高評價。 ＜表面白度(L值)之評價方法＞ 對於剛進行過上述＜回液量之評價方法＞後之經期衛生棉，在正面片材上放置色差計(日本電色工業股份有限公司製造，SPECTRO PHOTOMETER NF333)，自血液(上述模擬血液)之注入部位進行測定。進行3次計測，取其平均值作為L值。L值越大則表示使用後之表面白度越優異。 [表2] [表3] [表4] [表5] 如表2～4所示，實施例1～9由於含有血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑該兩劑，故而回液量為比較例1之1/10以下。實施例1由於含有血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑該兩劑，故而相較於僅含有一劑之參考例1及參考例2，回液量為1/5以下，L值大於參考例1而白度優異。又，實施例2～9由於在正面片材具有液膜開裂劑，故而L值大於比較例1或參考例1，白度非常優異。 又，如表5所示，將吸收體自吸收體X變為吸收體Y且含有血球凝集劑及液膜開裂劑該兩劑之實施例10相較於僅含有一劑之參考例3及參考例4，回液量較少，L值為較大值。 [產業上之可利用性] 本發明之生理用品其回液量較少，使用後之表面白度優異。It is known that the rate of absorption or absorption of water by a superabsorbent polymer differs depending on the type of moisture. For example, when the superabsorbent polymer absorbs physiological saline and absorbs blood, the blood absorption rate is slower and the absorption amount is smaller than that of physiological saline. Therefore, in order to improve the performance of physiological products, it is important to enhance the various absorption properties of the superabsorbent polymer to blood. Patent Document 1 or Patent Document 2 discloses an agent for modifying blood, but it is insufficient for improving the absorption performance of the superabsorbent polymer and reducing the amount of liquid return of the physiological product. Moreover, the front sheet of the physiological product on the side of the abutting surface of the skin is usually white in an unused state, so that the user of the physiological product observes the removed physiological product from the side of the front sheet, and the surface is white according to the surface. And feel relieved about the absorption performance. Therefore, it is required that the surface whiteness after use is more excellent. There is no description about the surface whiteness in Patent Document 1 or Patent Document 2. From this point of view, there is no relevant research on which part of the physiological product should be held in the physiological product. The inventors of the present invention conducted various studies for the purpose of improving the absorption capacity of menstrual blood in physiological products, and found that the red blood cells contained in menstrual blood are coated on the surface of the superabsorbent polymer to cause superabsorbent polymer to menstrual blood. The decrease in absorption performance (absorption speed, absorption amount) leads to an increase in the amount of liquid return of the physiological product. In order to prevent this inconvenience, it has been found that in a physiological article, a portion of the menstrual blood excreted by the user can be first contacted with the superabsorbent polymer, and the water-soluble cationic polymer pair having the ability to agglutinate red blood cells can be reduced. The amount of liquid returned to the physiological supplies is effective. However, it is understood that in the case where agglomerates of red blood cells are formed on the side of the front sheet of the physiological product by the water-soluble cationic polymer, there is room for improvement in the appearance seen from the side of the front sheet after use. In addition, the inventors of the present invention conducted various studies for the purpose of improving the surface whiteness of the physiological product after use, and found that a liquid film is formed between the fibers in the non-woven fabric such as the front sheet, and is retained. The important reason for the decrease in surface whiteness. In order to prevent this problem, it has been found that a liquid film cracking agent having a ability to cause a liquid film to be cracked by the menstrual blood excreted by the user on the front sheet or the like is effective for improving the surface whiteness of the physiological product after use. It is understood that the effect of reducing the amount of liquid return is also obtained by the disappearance of the liquid film in the front sheet, but there is still room for improvement in order to achieve further reduction. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a physiological product which is capable of reducing the amount of liquid return and which is excellent in surface whiteness after use. Hereinafter, the present invention will be described based on preferred embodiments thereof. The physiological product of the present invention generally has a liquid retaining absorbent body. The absorbent body is preferably a superabsorbent polymer comprising a hydrogel material capable of absorbing and retaining moisture. A liquid permeable front sheet can be disposed on the skin contact surface side of the user in the absorbent body. Further, the back sheet can be disposed on the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent body. In the present specification, the "skin contact surface" is a surface of the physiological product or a component thereof that faces the skin side of the user when the physiological product is used, that is, a surface that is relatively closer to the user's skin side. In addition, in the present specification, the "non-skin contact surface" is a surface of the physiological product or a component thereof that faces the side opposite to the skin side of the user when the physiological product is used, that is, faces that are worn toward the shorts, in other words, It is relatively farther from the skin side than the skin of the user. The physiological product of the present invention has a hemagglutinating agent-containing region containing a hemagglutinating agent described in detail below and a liquid film cracking agent-containing liquid film cracking agent region as described in detail below. The blood cell agglutinating agent is used to increase the absorption amount of the superabsorbent polymer, and the liquid film cracking agent is used to control the diffusion of the liquid in the absorption body, whereby the present invention provides a physiological product which reduces the amount of liquid return and is excellent in surface whiteness after use. . (Blood agglutinating agent) The inventors of the present invention have conducted various studies on the reason that the rate of absorption or absorption of water by the superabsorbent polymer differs depending on the type of the water, and as a result, the following facts are found. The blood is roughly classified into a liquid component such as plasma and a non-liquid component such as red blood cells, and the component absorbed by the superabsorbent polymer is a liquid component such as plasma. As shown in Fig. 2(a), when the menstrual blood 1 contacts the superabsorbent polymer 4, only the liquid component 2 in the blood 1 is absorbed by the superabsorbent polymer 4, and the red blood cells which are the non-liquid component 3 are not highly absorbent. Polymer 4 is absorbed. When the absorption of the liquid component 2 into the superabsorbent polymer 4 is continued, as shown in Fig. 2(b), the non-liquid component 3 which is not absorbed by the superabsorbent polymer 4 accumulates on the surface of the superabsorbent polymer 4. The film 5 is formed. Due to the formation of the film 5, the liquid absorption of the superabsorbent polymer 4 is inhibited, and the absorption speed is lowered. Moreover, the swelling of the superabsorbent polymer 4 is also inhibited by the formation of the film 5, and the amount of absorption is lowered. Regarding the method for preventing the occurrence of the phenomenon shown in Fig. 2(b) from deteriorating the absorption performance, the inventors have conducted various studies, and as a result, it has been found that it is effective to make red blood cells which are components of the menstrual blood which are not half of the liquid component. The aggregates 6 are formed by agglutination as shown in FIG. By forming the agglomerates 6 of the red blood cells, the film of the aggregates 6 is less likely to be formed on the surface of the superabsorbent polymer 4, or even if the film of the aggregates 6 is formed, the liquid component 2 remains in the film. Space, therefore, it is not easy to hinder the absorption of the liquid component 2. As a result, the superabsorbent polymer 4 can sufficiently exhibit the original absorption performance. Thus, in order to further improve the absorption performance, the larger the agglomerate particle size of the red blood cells, the better the hardness of the agglomerate block is. When the hemagglutinating agent comes into contact with menstrual blood which is a typical excrement, the hemagglutination agent is eluted into the menstrual blood, and the anionic red blood cells contained in the menstrual blood are aggregated to form a hemagglutination agglomerate, thereby passing through the blood layer. The hemagglutination agglomerate generated by the hemagglutination effect is larger than the red blood cell, and therefore, even if a hemagglutination block adheres to a part of the surface of the superabsorbent polymer, most of the surface of the superabsorbent polymer is less likely to be agglutinated by the hemagglutination. In the case of block coverage, the absorption properties of the superabsorbent polymer are stably exhibited. As a hemagglutination agent used for the physiological article of the present invention, a person having an action capable of agglutinating red blood cells in blood is used. The red blood cells agglomerated by the hemagglutination agent become agglomerates. The blood cell agglutinating agent, the fluid treating agent described in JP-A-2002-528232, or the blood gelating agent described in JP-A-57-153648, according to the present inventors, Cationic polymers are useful as hemagglutinating agents. The reason is as follows. Red blood cells have a red blood cell membrane on their surface. The red blood cell membrane has a two-layer structure. The two-layer structure includes a red blood cell membrane skeleton as a lower layer and a lipid coating as an upper layer. The lipid film exposed to the surface of the red blood cell contains a protein called a blood glycoprotein. The glycophorin has a sugar chain at its end which is bonded with an anionically charged sugar called sialic acid. As a result, the red blood cells can be treated as anion-charged colloidal particles. A coagulant is generally used when aggregating colloidal particles. In view of the fact that the red blood cells are anionic colloidal particles, it is advantageous to use a cationic substance as an aggregating agent in terms of neutralizing the electric double layer of the red blood cells. Further, when the aggregating agent has a polymer chain, the polymer chains of the aggregating agent adsorbed on the surface of the red blood cells are easily entangled with each other, thereby promoting aggregation of the red blood cells. Further, in the case where the aggregating agent has a functional group, aggregation of the red blood cells is also promoted by the interaction between the functional groups, which is preferable. By using a cationic polymer, agglomerates of red blood cells can be generated in menstrual blood by the above mechanism of action. (Properties of Forming Aggregates) The hemagglutination agent used in the present invention acts to separate agglomerates formed by aggregation of blood cells and plasma components by agglutinating red blood cells in blood. As a blood cell aggregating agent required, the following property is mentioned, for example. In other words, when 1000 ppm of the measurement sample is added to the simulated blood, at least two or more red blood cells aggregate to form agglomerates in a state in which the fluidity of the blood is maintained. The above-mentioned "state in which the fluidity of the blood is maintained" means a state in which 10 g of simulated blood to which a 1000 ppm measurement sample is added is placed in a spiral bottle (manufactured by Maruemu Co., Ltd., product number "spiral tube No. 4", the inner diameter of the mouth is 14.5 mm, the diameter of the cylinder is 27 mm, and the total length is 55 mm. When the spiral bottle containing the simulated blood is reversed by 180 degrees, 60% or more of the simulated blood flows within 20 seconds. In addition, the above-mentioned "simulated blood" is measured at 25 ° C using a B-type viscometer (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd., model TVB-10M, measurement conditions: rotor No. 19, 30 rpm, 60 seconds). The blood cell/plasma ratio of defibrinated horse blood (manufactured by Nippon Bio-Test Laboratories Co., Ltd.) was adjusted in such a manner that the viscosity was 8 mPa·s. The realization of the above-mentioned "two or more red blood cells agglutinating to form agglomerates" is determined as follows. That is, the simulated blood to which the 1000 ppm measurement sample was added was diluted to 4000 times with physiological saline, and a laser diffraction/scattering particle size distribution measuring device (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd., model: LA-950V2) was used. , measurement conditions: flow cytometry, cycle speed 1, no ultrasound) laser diffraction scattering method, the average median diameter of the volume particle measured at a temperature of 25 ° C is equivalent to more than two When the size of the agglutination block in which the red blood cells are aggregated is 10 μm or more, it is judged that "two or more red blood cells are aggregated to form agglomerates". The hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention is a single compound which satisfies the above properties or a mixture of a plurality of single compounds satisfying the above properties, or a combination of a plurality of compounds satisfies the above properties (can realize red blood cells) Agglutination). That is, the hemagglutination agent is limited to an agent that always has a hemagglutination effect based on the above definition. Therefore, the compound used in the physiological product is different from the hemagglutinating agent when it contains a third component which does not conform to the above definition. In addition, the "single compound" here is a concept including a compound having the same composition formula but having a different molecular weight depending on the number of repeating units. As the hemagglutination agent, those described in International Publication No. 2016/093233 can be used arbitrarily. The blood cell aggregating agent preferably has a blood agglutination rate of 0.75 mPa·s/s or less. The agglutination rate of blood is a measure of the ability of the hemagglutination agent to agglutinate blood to form agglomerates, and the smaller the value, the smaller the size of the agglomerate after a certain period of time. In other words, when the blood agglutination agent causes the blood to aggregate, the aggregate formed thereby has a large size after a certain period of time, and the agglomerate causes the constituent members of the physiological product to block and impair the liquid permeability. In this case, by controlling the agglutination rate, the liquid permeability is not lowered by the aggregate, and the absorption capacity of the superabsorbent polymer can be improved. Thereby, the contradictory requirement for improving the liquid permeability and the requirement of increasing the absorption capacity of the superabsorbent polymer are simultaneously satisfied. From this point of view, the agglutination rate is more preferably 0.32 mPa·s/s or less, and further preferably 0.15 mPa·s/s or less. The lower limit of the agglutination speed is preferably 0.001 mPa·s/s or more, and more preferably 0.01 mPa·s/s or more. The above agglutination rate was measured by the following method. The blood used for the measurement of the agglutination rate is the above-mentioned suspected blood. Using a rheometer (manufactured by Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., HAAKE RheoStress 6000), 2 μL of physiological saline preliminarily dissolved with 5% hemagglutinating agent was added to 200 μL of blood which was previously dispersed on the stage, and 35 μL was used. Cone plate of mmφ (gradient 1 degree) at temperature: 30 degrees, shear rate: 101 (second-1 The viscosity change was measured under the conditions of ). The viscosity change was measured over 50 seconds, and the obtained curve was linearly approximated, and the aggregation speed was calculated from the slope of the straight line. The blood cell aggregating agent used in the present invention is preferably a cationic polymer. The cationic polymer may be disposed in any portion of the absorbent body or the absorbent body on the skin contact surface side. However, if the anionic superabsorbent polymer is not present, there is no cationic polymer as an opposite charge. Further, the dissolution of the cationic polymer into the menstrual blood is not inhibited, and the red blood cells become easily aggregated, and a sufficient agglutination effect can be obtained before the superabsorbent polymer absorbs the liquid, which is preferable. Examples of the cationic polymer include cationized cellulose such as cationized cellulose or hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride. Further, the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention may further comprise a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate as a cationic polymer. In the present invention, the "quaternary ammonium salt" includes a compound having a positive monovalent charge at a position of a nitrogen atom or a compound which generates a positive monovalent charge at a position of a nitrogen atom by neutralization, as a specific example thereof. Examples thereof include a salt of a quaternary ammonium cation, a neutralized salt of a tertiary amine, and a tertiary amine having a cation in an aqueous solution. The "quaternary ammonium sites" mentioned below also have the same meaning and are located in the positively charged parts of the water. In the present invention, the "copolymer" is a polymer obtained by copolymerizing two or more kinds of polymerizable monomers, and includes both a binary copolymer and a ternary copolymer. In the present invention, the "polycondensate" is a polycondensate obtained by polymerizing a condensate containing two or more kinds of monomers. When the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention comprises a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer and/or a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer and/or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate as a cationic polymer, the hemagglutinating agent may be used. Any one of a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, and a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate may be contained, or a combination of any two or more thereof may be contained. Further, the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Similarly, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, in the same manner, the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among the above various cationic polymers, it is particularly preferable to use a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate in terms of adsorption to red blood cells. In the following description, the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, and the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate are collectively referred to as "quaternary ammonium salt polymer" for the sake of convenience. The quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer is obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety. On the other hand, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is obtained by using at least one polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety, and optionally using at least one polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety. Aggregate to get the winner. In other words, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is obtained by using two or more kinds of polymerizable monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety, and is obtained by such copolymerization, or a polymerizable single having one or more kinds of quaternary ammonium sites. One or more kinds of polymerizable monomers having no quaternary ammonium moiety, and those obtained by copolymerization are obtained. The quaternary ammonium salt copolymer may be a random copolymer, an alternating copolymer, a block copolymer, or a graft copolymer. The quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate is obtained by polymerizing the condensate by using a condensate containing one or more monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety. In other words, the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate is obtained by polymerizing a condensate of a monomer having two or more kinds of quaternary ammonium sites, or using a monomer having one or more kinds of quaternary ammonium sites. A condensate of one or more kinds of monomers having no quaternary ammonium moiety, which is obtained by condensation polymerization. The quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a cationic polymer having a quaternary ammonium moiety. The quaternary ammonium moiety can be formed by quaternization of a tertiary amine using an alkylating agent. Alternatively, the tertiary amine can be dissolved in acid or water to form by neutralization. Alternatively, it can be produced by quaternization of a nucleophilic reaction comprising a condensation reaction. Examples of the alkylating agent include a halogenated alkyl group, or a dialkyl sulfate such as dimethyl sulfate or dimethyl sulfate. Among these alkylating agents, if a dialkyl sulfate is used, it does not occur in the case where a halogenated alkyl group is used, and corrosion is likely to occur. Examples of the acid include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, phosphoric acid, fluorosulfonic acid, boric acid, chromic acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, gluconic acid, formic acid, ascorbic acid, hyaluronic acid and the like. In particular, if a quaternary ammonium salt polymer obtained by subjecting a tertiary amine moiety to quaternization by an alkylating agent is used, it is preferable to neutralize the electric double layer of the red blood cells. The quaternization of the quaternary reaction by a nucleophilic reaction involving a condensation reaction can be carried out, for example, by a ring-opening polymerization reaction of dimethylamine with epichlorohydrin or a cyclization reaction of dicyandiamide with di-ethyltriamine. The cationic polymer preferably has a molecular weight of 2,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and still more preferably 30,000 or more from the viewpoint of efficiently producing agglomerates of red blood cells. When the molecular weight of the cationic polymer is equal to or higher than the above value, the cationic polymers between the red blood cells are sufficiently entangled with each other, or the cationic polymer between the red blood cells is sufficiently crosslinked. The upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 10,000,000 or less, more preferably 5,000,000 or less, and still more preferably 3,000,000 or less. When the molecular weight of the cationic polymer is not more than the above value, the cationic polymer is well dissolved in the menstrual blood. The molecular weight of the cationic polymer is preferably 2,000 or more and 10,000,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or more and 5,000,000 or less, still more preferably 2,000 or more and 3,000,000 or less, and still more preferably 10,000 or more and 3,000,000 or less. Good for more than 30,000 and less than 3 million. The so-called molecular weight referred to in the present invention is a weight average molecular weight. The molecular weight of the cationic polymer can be controlled by appropriately selecting the polymerization conditions thereof. The molecular weight of the cationic polymer can be determined by the following method. The cationic polymer is preferably water-soluble from the viewpoint of efficiently producing agglomerates of red blood cells. The term "water-soluble" as used herein means a water solubility of 100 g or more as measured by the following method. The cationic polymer is preferably one having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded to the main chain. In particular, the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is preferably one having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded to the main chain. The quaternary ammonium moiety is preferably present in the side chain. In this case, if the main chain and the side chain are bonded at one point, the flexibility of the side chain is less likely to be impaired, and the quaternary ammonium portion present in the side chain can be smoothly adsorbed on the surface of the red blood cell. Of course, in the present invention, the main chain of the cationic polymer and the side chain may be bonded at 2 or more points. In the present invention, "bonding at one point" means that one carbon atom constituting the main chain is bonded to one carbon atom at the end of the side chain by a single bond. The term "bonding at two or more points" means that two or more carbon atoms constituting the main chain are bonded to two or more carbon atoms at the end of the side chain by a single bond. In the case where the cationic polymer is a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded to the main chain, for example, the quaternary ammonium salt polymer has a plurality of side chains having a main chain and bonded to the main chain. In the case of the structure, the number of carbon atoms in each side chain is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 6 or more. The upper limit of the carbon number is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 9 or less, still more preferably 8 or less. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the side chain is preferably 4 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 9 or less, and still more preferably 6 or more and 8 or less. The carbon number of the side chain is the carbon number of the quaternary ammonium moiety (cation site) in the side chain, and even if carbon is contained as an anion of the counter ion, the carbon is not included in the carbon number. In particular, if the carbon number of the carbon atoms of the side chain including the carbon atom bonded to the main chain or the carbon atom bonded to the fourth-order nitrogen is in the above range, the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is adsorbed on the surface of the red blood cell. The steric hindrance is low, and thus it is preferable. In the case where the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, examples of the homopolymer include a polymer having a vinyl monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety or a tertiary amine moiety. When the vinyl monomer having a tertiary amine moiety is polymerized, the tertiary amine moiety is quaternized to form a quaternary ammonium salt by an alkylating agent before and/or after the polymerization. The homopolymer, or before and/or after the polymerization, neutralizes the tertiary amine moiety by acid to form a tertiary amine neutralizing salt, or after polymerization, becomes a tertiary amine having a cation in the aqueous solution. The alkylating agent or acid is as described above. The quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula 1. [Chemical 1]Specific examples of the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer include polyethylenimine and the like. Further, examples of the side chain having a quaternary ammonium moiety and the main chain bonded at one point include poly(2-methacryloxyethyl dimethylamine quaternary salt) and poly(2-methyl). Acryloxyethyltrimethylamine quaternary salt), poly(2-methacryloxyethyl dimethylethylammonium ethyl sulfate), poly(2-propenyloxyethyl) Dimethylamine quaternary salt), poly(2-propenyloxyethyltrimethylamine quaternary salt), poly(2-propenyloxyethyldimethylethylammonium ethyl sulfate), Poly(3-dimethylaminopropyl acrylamide quaternary salt), polydimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, polyallylamine hydrochloride, cationized cellulose, polyethylidene Amine, polydimethylaminopropyl acrylamide, polyfluorene, and the like. On the other hand, examples of the homopolymer having a side chain having a quaternary ammonium moiety and a main chain of 2 or more bonds may be exemplified by polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride and polydiallylamine. Hydrochloride. In the case where the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, as the copolymer, two or more polymerizable monomers used for the polymerization of the above quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer can be used. a copolymer obtained by copolymerization. As the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, one or more polymerizable monomers used for the polymerization of the above quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer and one or more polymerizations having no quaternary ammonium moiety may be used. A monomer obtained by copolymerization. Further, other polymerizable monomers such as -SO may also be used.2 - or the like is used together with or in place of the vinyl-based polymerizable monomer. The quaternary ammonium salt copolymer may be a binary copolymer or a ternary copolymer as described above. The quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by the above formula 1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula 2 from the viewpoint of efficiently producing agglomerates of red blood cells. [Chemical 2]Further, as the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety, a cationic polymerizable monomer, an anionic polymerizable monomer or a nonionic polymerizable monomer can be used. Among these polymerizable monomers, in particular, by using a cationic polymerizable monomer or a nonionic polymerizable monomer, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer does not interfere with the quaternary ammonium moiety charge, and thus can be effective. Causes agglutination of red blood cells. Examples of the cationic polymerizable monomer include vinyl pyridine or the like which is a cyclic compound having a nitrogen atom having a cation under a specific condition, and a nitrogen atom having a cation under a specific condition in a main chain. a condensation compound of dicyandiamide and di-ethyltriamine of a linear compound. Examples of the anionic polymerizable monomer include 2-propenylamine-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, and styrenesulfonic acid, and salts of these compounds. On the other hand, examples of the nonionic polymerizable monomer include vinyl alcohol, acrylamide, dimethyl acrylamide, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethacrylate, and ethylene glycol. Monoacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl methacrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate Ester, butyl acrylate, and the like. One of these cationic polymerizable monomers, an anionic polymerizable monomer, or a nonionic polymerizable monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds thereof. Further, two or more kinds of cationic polymerizable monomers may be used in combination, and two or more kinds of anionic polymerizable monomers may be used in combination, or two or more kinds of nonionic polymerizable monomers may be used in combination. The quaternary ammonium salt copolymer obtained by copolymerizing a cationic polymerizable monomer, an anionic polymerizable monomer, and/or a nonionic polymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer has a molecular weight as described above. The amount is preferably 10,000,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000,000 or less (the same applies to the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer exemplified below). As the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety, a polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of forming a hydrogen bond can also be used. When such a polymerizable monomer is used for copolymerization, and the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer thus obtained is used to aggregate red blood cells, a hard agglomerate is easily formed, and the absorption property of the superabsorbent polymer is less likely to be impaired. Examples of the functional group capable of forming a hydrogen bond include -OH and -NH.2 , -CHO, -COOH, -HF, -SH, etc. Examples of the polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of forming a hydrogen bond include hydroxyethyl methacrylate, vinyl alcohol, acrylamide, dimethyl methacrylate, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and ethylene glycol. Monomethacrylate, ethylene glycol monoacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, and the like. In particular, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, dimethyl decylamine, etc., which have a strong hydrogen bond function, can stabilize the quaternary ammonium salt polymer to red blood cells. The state of adsorption is therefore preferred. These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety, a polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of generating a hydrophobic interaction can also be used. By using such a polymerizable monomer for copolymerization, it is advantageous in the same manner as the above-described polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of forming a hydrogen bond, that is, it is easy to form a hard red blood cell agglomerate. effect. Examples of the functional group capable of generating a hydrophobic interaction include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a butyl group, a phenyl group, an alkylnaphthyl group, and a fluorinated alkyl group. Examples of the polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of generating a hydrophobic interaction include methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl methacrylate, and acrylic acid acrylate. Ester, butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, styrene, and the like. In particular, the hydrophobic interaction can play a strong role, and the methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, etc., which do not significantly reduce the solubility of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer, can realize quaternary ammonium The stable adsorption state of the salt polymer to the red blood cells is preferred. These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The molar ratio of the molar ratio of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety to the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety in the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, preferably by the quaternary ammonium The salt copolymer is appropriately adjusted in such a manner that the red blood cells are sufficiently aggregated. In particular, the molar content of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety in the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 22 mol% or more, and still more preferably 32 mol% or more. More preferably, it is more than 38% by mole. Further, it is 100 mol% or less, preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 65 mol% or less, still more preferably 56 mol% or less. Specifically, the molar amount of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety is preferably 10 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, more preferably 22 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less, more preferably 32 mol% or more and 65 mol% or less, further preferably 38 mol% or more and 56 mol% or less. When the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate, as the polycondensate, a condensate containing one or more kinds of the above-mentioned monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety can be used. The condensation product obtained by polymerization of the condensates. Specific examples include dicyandiamide/diethylethylene triamine polycondensate, dimethylamine/epichlorohydrin polycondensate, and the like. The above-mentioned quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer and quaternary ammonium salt copolymer can be obtained by a homopolymerization method or a copolymerization method of a vinyl-based polymerizable monomer. As the polymerization method, for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, living cationic polymerization, living anionic polymerization, coordination polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, condensation polymerization, or the like can be used. The polymerization conditions are not particularly limited as long as the conditions for obtaining the quaternary ammonium salt polymer having the target molecular weight, the flow potential, and/or the IOB value are appropriately selected. For example, from the viewpoint of forming agglomerates of red blood cells more efficiently, the flow potential of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is preferably 1500 μeq/L or more, more preferably 2000 μeq/L or more, and further preferably 3000 μeq/L. The above is more preferably 4000 μeq/L or more. The electric double layer of the red blood cells can be sufficiently neutralized by the flow potential of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer being equal to or higher than the above value. The upper limit of the flow potential is preferably 13,000 μeq/L or less, more preferably 8000 μeq/L or less, and still more preferably 6000 μeq/L or less. By the flow potential of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer being less than or equal to the above value, the quaternary ammonium salt polymer adsorbed to the red blood cells can be effectively prevented from generating an electric repulsion force with each other. The flow potential of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer can be, for example, carried out by copolymerizing the molecular weight of the cationic monomer itself, the cationic monomer constituting the copolymer, and the copolymerized molar ratio of the anionic monomer or the nonionic monomer. Adjust and control. The flow potential of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer can be measured by a flow potential meter manufactured by Spectris Co., Ltd.( PCD04) was measured. The specific measurement conditions are as follows. First, a commercially available physiological product is decomposed into a front sheet, an absorbent body, a back sheet, and the like by using a dryer or the like to disable the hot melt of each member. A multistage solvent extraction method from a nonpolar solvent to a polar solvent is carried out for each of the decomposed components, and the treating agent used in each member is separated to obtain a solution containing a single composition. Drying and solidifying the obtained solution,1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance), IR (infrared spectroscopy), LC (liquid chromatography), GC (gas chromatography), MS (mass spectrometry), GPC (gel permeation chromatography), fluorescence X-rays or the like are combined to identify the structure of the treating agent. 0.001 g of a treatment agent (quaternary ammonium salt polymer) to be measured was dissolved in 10 g of physiological saline to obtain a measurement sample, and a 0.001 N sodium polyvinylsulfonate aqueous solution was titrated on the measurement sample (having a negative charge in the measurement sample) In the case of 0.001 N of a solution of polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride, the amount of X mL required to disappear the potential difference between the electrodes was measured. Thereafter, the flow potential of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer was calculated according to the following formula. Flow potential = (X + 0.190※ ) × 1000 (* The amount of titration required for the physiological saline solution of the solvent) Further, in order to smoothly adsorb the quaternary ammonium salt polymer on the surface of the red blood cell, it is advantageous that the quaternary ammonium salt polymer easily interacts with the above sialic acid. . Based on this point of view, the inventors of the present invention advanced the research and determined the value of the inorganic value/organic value which can be used as the ratio of the inorganic value to the organic value (hereinafter referred to as "IOB (Inorganic Organic Balance)" The equilibrium value ") is used as a scale to evaluate the degree of interaction between the sialic acid bond and the cationic polymer. In general, the traits of matter are largely governed by various intermolecular forces between molecules, including Van Der Waals forces based on molecular mass and electrical affinity based on molecular polarity. . If it is possible to separately grasp the Van der Waals force and the electrical affinity which have a greater influence on the change in the nature of the substance, it is possible to predict the trait even if it is an unknown substance or a mixture of these according to the combination thereof. This idea is known to the public as an "organic concept map theory." The organic concept map theory is, for example, "Organic Analysis" by Fujita Mu (Kaniya Shoten, 1930) and Fujita Mu (The "Organic Qualitative Analysis: Systematic Pure Substance" (Kyoritsu Publishing, 1953), Fujita Mu's "Adaptation of Chemistry Experiments - Organic Chemistry" (River Execution, 1971), Fujita Mu / Akasaka Masahiro ("Systematic Organic Qualitative Analysis (Mixed)" (Wind Room, 1974) And the "New Edition of Organic Concept Maps and Applications" (San Gong Publishing, 2008), etc., are described in detail in the "New Organic Concept Map Foundation and Application" by Masahiro Sato / Sato Shiro / Hon. According to the organic concept map theory, the physical and chemical properties of matter are mainly referred to as "organicity" based on the degree of physical properties of Van der Waals, and the degree of physical properties based mainly on electrical affinity is called "inorganicity". The combination of "organic" and "inorganic" determines the physical properties of a substance. Further, one carbon (C) is defined as the organicity 20, and the values of the inorganicity and the organicity with respect to the various polar groups are defined as the following Table 1, and the sum of the inorganic values and the organic value are obtained. The sum of the two is defined as the IOB value. In the present invention, the IOB value of the sialic acid bond is determined based on the organic value and the inorganic value, and the IOB value of the cationic polymer is determined based on the value. [Table 1] In detail, it is judged that it is advantageous to use the IOB value as the cationic polymer equal to or similar to the IOB value of the sialic acid bond. The sialic acid bond is a compound which is in a form in which sialic acid can exist in the living body, and examples thereof include a compound in which a sialic acid is bonded to a terminal of a glycolipid such as a galactose lipid. The IOB value of sialic acid was 4.25 in terms of sialic acid monomer and 3.89 in terms of sialic acid linkage. When the sugar chain in the sialyl bond-based glycolipid is bonded to sialic acid, the ratio of the organic value of the sialic acid bond is higher than that of the sialic acid monomer, and the IOB value is lowered. Therefore, the IOB value of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is preferably 0.6 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, still more preferably 2.1 or more, and still more preferably 2.2 or more. Further, the IOB value of the cationic polymer is preferably 4.6 or less, more preferably 3.6 or less, still more preferably 3 or less. The IOB value is more preferably 1.8 or more and 3.6 or less, still more preferably 2.1 or more and 3.6 or less, further preferably 2.2 or more and 3 or less. In the case where the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a copolymer, the IOB value is calculated according to the following procedure according to the molar ratio of the monomer used for the copolymerization. That is, the copolymer is obtained from the monomer A and the monomer B, and the organic value of the monomer A is OR.A Inorganic value is INA , the organic value of monomer B is ORB Inorganic value is INB , the molar ratio of monomer A/monomer B is MA /MB In the case of the IOB value of the copolymer, it is calculated based on the following formula. [Number 1]Further, the hemagglutination agent used in the present invention may contain one or more third components in addition to the polycation (cationic polymer), for example, a solvent, a plasticizer, a fragrance, an antibacterial/deodorant, and a skin care agent. The form of a composition (hemagglutinating agent composition) of other components such as a dose. As the solvent, water-soluble organic solvent such as water, a saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a mixed solvent of the water-soluble organic solvent and water can be used. As the plasticizer, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol or the like can be used. As the fragrance, a fragrance having a green herb-like aroma, an extract of a plant, an extract of citrus, or the like described in JP-A-2007-244764 can be used. As the antibacterial/deodorant, a mineral similar to the chalcantite containing the antibacterial metal described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-244789, and the benzoic acid described in JP-A-2007-097953 can be used. A porous polymer obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer, a quaternary ammonium salt described in JP-A-2006-191966, activated carbon, a clay mineral, or the like. As the skin care agent, a plant extract, a collagen, a natural moisturizing component, a moisturizing agent, a keratolytic agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, or the like described in JP-A-2004-255164 can be used. The ratio of the cationic polymer to the hemagglutination agent composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and still more preferably 50% by mass or more. Further, it is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, still more preferably 60% by mass or less. By setting the ratio of the cationic polymer to the above-described hemagglutination agent composition within this range, an effective amount of the cationic polymer can be imparted to the physiological product. The blood cell agglutinating agent contained in the physiological product is preferably 0.01 g/m from the viewpoint of being dissolved into the blood to form a large agglomerate.2 Above, more preferably 0.5 g/m2 the above. Further, the blood cell aggregating agent contained in the physiological product preferably has a content of 20 g/m from the viewpoint of impairing liquid permeability.2 Below, more preferably 10 g/m2 the following. Specifically, the content of the hemagglutinating agent contained in the physiological product is preferably 0.01 g/m.2 Above and 20 g/m2 Below, more preferably 0.5 g/m2 Above and 10 g/m2 the following. (Liquid film cracking agent) The liquid film cracking agent refers to a liquid film which is formed by causing a liquid, for example, a highly viscous excretion liquid such as menstrual blood to contact a non-woven fabric, and which is formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric or the surface of the fiber, or inhibiting the formation of a liquid film. The action of cracking the formed liquid film and the action of inhibiting the formation of the liquid film. The former can be said to be the main role, the latter can be described as subordinate. The cracking of the active liquid film is achieved by the effect of the liquid film cracking agent pushing a part of the liquid film layer to destabilize it. By the action of the liquid film cracking agent, the liquid does not stay in a narrow area between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric and is easily passed. In other words, it is a non-woven fabric excellent in liquid permeability. Thereby, even if the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric are made thin and the distance between the fibers is narrowed, the soft touch and the residual liquid are simultaneously suppressed. Further, in the present invention, by using a hemagglutination agent, the absorption property of the superabsorbent polymer is stably exhibited, and the liquid return is effectively suppressed. On the other hand, the surface of the physiological article after use (skin contact surface) The color of the surface has a tendency to greatly decrease the whiteness of the surface when it is not used, and the redness of the blood is increased. However, by using a hemagglutinating agent and a liquid film cracking agent together, the blood cell is inhibited by the action of the liquid film cracking agent. The decrease in surface whiteness caused by the aggregating agent enables simultaneous reduction in the amount of liquid return and improvement in surface whiteness after use. The liquid film cracking effect is not limited to being generated only between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric as long as the liquid film cracking agent is disposed at a portion where the liquid film may be present. For example, in an absorbent body having a fluff pulp or a superabsorbent polymer, it is formed between fibers of a fluff pulp, or between particles of a superabsorbent polymer, between fluff pulp and superabsorbent polymer particles, and the like. The liquid film can also produce a liquid film cracking effect. In the present invention, the constituent material of the physiological product contains or contains a liquid film cracking agent, and mainly refers to a state of adhering to the surface of the material. In the case where the fiber contains a liquid film cracking agent, for example, the liquid film cracking agent may be present in the fiber or may be present inside the fiber as long as it remains on the surface of the fiber. In order for the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention to have the following liquid film cracking effect in a physiological product, the liquid film cracking agent must exist in a liquid form upon contact with the body fluid. In this respect, the melting point of the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention is preferably 40 ° C or lower, more preferably 35 ° C or lower. Further, the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention preferably has a melting point of -220 ° C or more, more preferably -180 ° C or more. (Property of Disappearing Liquid Film) The liquid film cracking agent used in the present invention has a property of dissipating a liquid film, and by using this property, the liquid film cracking agent is applied to a test liquid mainly composed of a plasma component. It can show the effect of liquid film disappearing. The liquid film disappearing effect mentioned here includes an effect of suppressing formation of a liquid film of the structure with respect to a structure in which a plurality of liquid films formed of a test liquid are entrapped in air, and the formation of the structure disappears. Effects of the two effects, the agent exhibiting at least one effect can be said to have the property of exhibiting a liquid film disappearing effect. The above test liquid was obtained by extracting the liquid component obtained from defibrinated horse blood (manufactured by Nippon Bio-Test Laboratories Co., Ltd.). Specifically, when 100 mL of defibrinated horse blood is allowed to stand under the conditions of a temperature of 22 ° C and a humidity of 65% for 1 hour, the defibrinated horse blood is separated into an upper layer and a lower layer, and the upper layer is the above test liquid. The upper layer mainly contains plasma components, and the lower layer mainly contains blood cell components. In order to separate the upper layer from the defibrinated horse blood of the upper layer and the lower layer, for example, a pipette (manufactured by NIPPON MICRO Co., Ltd.) can be used. Whether or not the above-mentioned "the property of causing the liquid film to disappear" is a state in which the structure is formed by a structure in which a liquid film formed by the test liquid to which the agent is applied is easily air-incorporated That is, the amount of the liquid film is judged. Specifically, the temperature of the test liquid was adjusted to 25 ° C, and then 10 g was placed in a spiral tube (manufactured by Maruemu Co., Ltd., No. 5, a cylinder diameter of 27 mm, and a total length of 55 mm) to obtain a standard sample. Further, 0.01 g of a dose to be measured which was previously adjusted to 25 ° C was added to the same sample as the standard sample, and the obtained one was used as a measurement sample. The standard sample and the measurement sample are respectively reciprocated twice in the direction of the upper and lower sides of the spiral tube, and after being strongly vibrated, they are quickly placed on the horizontal surface. By the vibration of the sample, a liquid layer (lower layer) having no such structure and a structure layer (upper layer) including a plurality of the structures formed on the liquid layer are formed inside the spiral tube after the vibration. Immediately after 10 seconds from the vibration, the height of the structural layer of the two samples (the height from the liquid surface of the liquid layer to the upper surface of the structural layer) was measured. Further, when the height of the structural layer of the measurement sample is 90% or less with respect to the height of the structural layer of the standard sample, it is determined that the agent to be measured has a liquid film cracking effect. The liquid film cracking agent used in the present invention is a single compound which satisfies the above properties or a mixture of a plurality of single compounds satisfying the above properties, or a combination of a plurality of compounds satisfies the above properties (a liquid can be realized) The agent of the film is cracked. That is, the liquid film cracking agent is limited to an agent which has a liquid film cracking effect based on the above definition. Therefore, the compound used in the physiological product is different from the liquid film cracking agent when it contains a third component which does not conform to the above definition. In the present specification, the term "single compound" includes the concept of a compound having the same composition formula but having a different molecular weight depending on the number of repeating units. As the liquid film cracking agent, those described in International Publication No. 2016/098796 can be used arbitrarily. Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the liquid film cracking agent of the present invention will be described. The liquid film cracking agent of the present invention preferably has two types of the first embodiment and the second embodiment. The liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment is the compound C1. The compound C1 is a compound having a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of 15 mN/m or more and a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less. The so-called "expansion coefficient of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" in the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment means an expansion coefficient when a perfusate such as menstrual blood is assumed as described above. The "expansion coefficient" is a value obtained by the following measurement method based on the measurement value obtained by the following measurement method in an environmental region of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. Furthermore, the γ of the formula (1)w And γWo The term "liquid film" means a liquid phase of "liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m", and includes a liquid in a state in which a film has been formed between fibers or on a surface of a fiber, and a liquid in a state before forming a film, also referred to as a liquid. For liquids. Also, γ of the following formula (1)w And γo The "surface tension" means the interfacial tension between the liquid film and the liquid film cracking agent and the gas phase, which is different from the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film between the liquid phases. This difference is also the same in other descriptions of this specification. S=γw -γo -γWo ・・・・・(1) γw : surface tension of liquid film (liquid) γo : Surface tension of liquid film cracking agent γWo : Interfacial tension between liquid film cracking agent and liquid film According to the above formula (1), the expansion coefficient (S) of the liquid film cracking agent is due to the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent (γ).o ) becomes smaller and larger due to the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ)Wo ) becomes smaller and bigger. By the expansion coefficient of 15 mN/m or more, the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment has high mobility, that is, diffusibility, on the surface of the liquid film formed in a narrow region between fibers. From this point of view, the coefficient of expansion of the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment is more preferably 20 mN/m or more, further preferably 25 mN/m or more, and particularly preferably 30 mN/m or more. On the other hand, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but according to the above formula (1), for example, when a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m is used, the upper limit is 50 mN/m, and the surface tension is 60 mN. In the case of a liquid of /m, the upper limit is 60 mN/m, and in the case of using a liquid having a surface tension of 70 mN/m, the upper limit is 70 mN/m, so that the surface tension of the liquid forming the liquid film becomes Upper limit. Therefore, in the present invention, the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment has an expansion coefficient of 50 mN/m or less from the viewpoint of using a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. The liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less, and is less likely to be dissolved in an aqueous liquid to form an interface with the liquid film, thereby making the diffusibility more effective. From the same viewpoint, the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment is preferably 0.025 g or less, more preferably 0.0017 g or less, still more preferably less than 0.0001 g. Further, the water solubility is preferably as small as possible, and is 0 g or more, and is actually 1.0 × 10 from the viewpoint of diffusibility to the liquid film.-9 g or more. Further, it is considered that the above water solubility is also applicable to menstrual blood containing water as a main component. The water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent can be determined by the following method. Surface tension (γ of the above liquid film (liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN/m)w ), surface tension of liquid film cracking agent (γo And the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ)Wo ) was determined by the following method. (liquid film (liquid) surface tension (γw (Measurement method) The measurement can be carried out by a flat plate method (Wilhelmy method) using a platinum plate at an environment of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As the measuring device at this time, an automatic surface tension meter "CBVP-Z" (trade name, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) can be used. The platinum plate used was 99.9% pure and the size was 25 mm long/10 mm wide. In addition, the above-mentioned "liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd.) which is a nonionic interface active material added to deionized water by the above-mentioned measurement method. , the product name is RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120) and adjusted to a solution of 50 ± 1 mN / m. (surface tension of liquid film cracking agent (γo Method of measurement) and surface tension of liquid film (γ)w In the same manner, the measurement can be carried out by a flat plate method and using the same apparatus in an environmental region of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. At the time of the measurement, as described above, when the obtained liquid film cracking agent is a solid, the liquid film cracking agent is heated to a melting point of +5 ° C to transfer the phase to a liquid, and the temperature condition is maintained. The assay was carried out. (Interfacial tension between liquid film cracking agent and liquid film (γWo (Measurement method) The measurement can be carried out by a hanging drop method in an environmental region of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As the measuring device at this time, an automatic interfacial viscoelasticity measuring device (trade name THE TRACKER, manufactured by TECLIS-ITCONCEPT Co., Ltd., or a trade name DSA25S manufactured by KRUSS Co., Ltd.) can be used. With regard to the hanging drop method, the adsorption of the nonionic interface active material contained in the liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m is started at the same time as the droplet formation, and the interfacial tension gradually decreases with the passage of time. Therefore, the interfacial tension of the droplet once formed (at 0 seconds) is read. Further, at the time of the measurement, as described above, when the obtained liquid film cracking agent is solid, the liquid film cracking agent is heated to a melting point of +5 ° C to transfer the phase to a liquid, and the temperature condition is maintained. The measurement was carried out instead. Further, when the interfacial tension is measured, there is a case where the density difference between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m is extremely small, or the viscosity is remarkably high, and the interfacial tension value is measured by the hanging drop method. When the limit is below, it is difficult to measure the interfacial tension by the hanging drop method. In this case, the measurement can be carried out by a spin drop method in an environmental region of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As the measuring device at this time, a spin drop interface tension meter (manufactured by KURUSS, trade name SITE100) can be used. Further, in this measurement, the interfacial tension at the time of stabilizing the droplet shape is also read, and when the obtained liquid film cracking agent is solid, the liquid film cracking agent is heated to its melting point + 5 ° C to cause phase transfer. The measurement was carried out as a liquid while maintaining the temperature conditions unchanged. Furthermore, when both types of measuring devices can measure the interfacial tension, a smaller interfacial tension value is used as the measurement result. The liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment can diffuse without dissolving on the surface of the liquid film by having the above-described expansion coefficient and water solubility, and pushes the liquid film layer from the vicinity of the center of the liquid film. Thereby, the liquid film is destabilized and cracked. Here, the liquid film cracking effect of the liquid film cracking agent in the absorber of the first embodiment will be specifically described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4 in the case where the liquid film cracking agent is disposed in the nonwoven fabric. Fig. 3 shows a state in which the liquid film 8 is formed in the gap between the fibers 7 constituting the nonwoven fabric, and Fig. 4 shows a process in which the liquid film 8 is cracked by the liquid film cracking agent 9. As shown in Fig. 3, in a narrow region between the fibers, a highly viscous excretion liquid such as blood is likely to form a liquid film 8. On the other hand, the liquid film cracking agent 9 causes the liquid film 8 to become unstable and breaks as described below, thereby suppressing the formation of the liquid film 8, and promoting the discharge of the liquid from the nonwoven fabric. First, as shown in Fig. 4 (A1) and (B1), the liquid film cracking agent 9 adhered to the surface of the fiber 7 which is the fiber 7 of the non-woven fabric moves from the fiber 7 to the liquid film 8, and further maintains the liquid. The interface of the film 8 moves on the surface of the liquid film 8 in a state of the interface. Then, as shown in FIGS. 4(A2) and (B2), the liquid film cracking agent 9 pushes a part of the liquid film 8 and intrudes into the thickness direction of the liquid film 8, as shown in FIGS. 4(A3) and (B3). It is shown that the liquid film 8 is gradually changed into a non-uniform and thin film. As a result, as shown in Figs. 4 (A4) and (B4), the liquid film 8 was broken and cracked as if it were opened. The formation of such a crack is such that a liquid such as menstrual blood of the liquid film 8 becomes a droplet and easily passes between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric, so that the residual liquid is reduced. The cracking action of the liquid film cracking agent on the liquid film is not limited to the case of the liquid film between the fibers intersecting each other as shown in Fig. 3, and the liquid film adhered to the surface of the fiber also functions in the same manner. That is, the liquid film cracking agent can move on the liquid film adhered to the surface of the fiber to push a part of the liquid film apart, thereby causing the liquid film to crack. In this case, for the liquid film adhered to the surface of the fiber, the liquid film cracking agent can crack the liquid film by the hydrophobic action even if the liquid film cracking agent itself does not move to the liquid film on the surface of the fiber. To inhibit the formation of liquid film. In the first embodiment, the liquid film cracking agent is more preferably an interfacial tension of 20 mN/m or less with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. That is, the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γ) which determines one of the values of the expansion coefficient (S) in the above formula (1)Wo )" is preferably 20 mN/m or less. By "the interfacial tension between the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film (γWo The inhibition is low, the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cracking agent is increased, and the liquid film cracking agent is likely to move from the fiber surface to the vicinity of the liquid film center, and the above effect becomes more clear. From this point of view, the "interfacial tension of the liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 17 mN/m or less, more preferably 13 mN/m or less, and still more preferably 10 or less. Below mN/m, it is particularly preferably 9 mN/m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN/m or less. On the other hand, the lower limit thereof is not particularly limited, and may be more than 0 mN/m from the viewpoint of insolubility in the liquid film. Furthermore, when the interfacial tension is 0 mN/m, that is, when the liquid film cracking agent is dissolved in the liquid film, an interface cannot be formed between the liquid film and the liquid film cracking agent, so the above formula (1) does not hold, and the agent does not An expansion occurred. According to the above formula (1), the value of the expansion coefficient changes depending on the surface tension of the liquid to be subjected. For example, when the surface tension of the target liquid is 72 mN/m, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is 21 mN/m, and the interfacial tension is 0.2 mN/m, the expansion coefficient becomes 50.8 mN/m. Further, when the surface tension of the target liquid was 30 mN/m, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent was 21 mN/m, and the interfacial tension was 0.2 mN/m, the expansion coefficient was 8.8 mN/m. In any case, the agent with the larger expansion coefficient has a greater liquid film cracking effect. In the present specification, the numerical value when the surface tension is 50 mN/m is defined, but even if the surface tension is different, since the magnitude relationship of the expansion coefficients of the respective substances does not change, even if the surface tension of the body fluid is assumed to be daily The physical condition and the like change, and the agent having the larger expansion coefficient also exhibits an excellent liquid film cracking effect. Further, in the first embodiment, the surface tension of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 32 mN/m or less, more preferably 30 mN/m or less, further preferably 25 mN/m or less, and particularly preferably 22 mN/m. the following. Further, the surface tension is preferably as small as possible, and the lower limit thereof is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of the durability of the liquid film cracking agent, it is actually 1 mN/m or more. Next, the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment will be described. The liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment is the compound C2. Compound C2 is a liquid having a coefficient of expansion of 50 mN/m with a surface tension of more than 0 mN/m, a positive value, a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less, and a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. A compound having an interfacial tension of 20 mN/m or less. The above-mentioned "interfacial tension of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is 20 mN/m or less. As described above, it means that the diffusibility of the liquid film cracking agent on the liquid film is improved. Therefore, even if the expansion coefficient of the liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m is less than 15 mN/m, the diffusion coefficient is high, so that a large amount of liquid film is cracked. The agent is dispersed in the liquid film from the surface of the fiber, and the liquid film is pushed away at a plurality of positions, whereby the liquid film cracking effect similar to that in the case of the first embodiment can be exhibited. In addition, the so-called "expansion coefficient of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m", "water solubility", and "interfacial tension of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" are the first and the first The specific definitions in the embodiment are the same, and the measurement methods are also the same. In the second embodiment, the above-mentioned "interfacial tension of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is preferably 17 mN/m or less, more preferably from the viewpoint of making the above-described action of the liquid film cracking agent more effective. It is 13 mN/m or less, more preferably 10 mN/m or less, further preferably 9 mN/m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN/m or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited as in the first embodiment, and is actually more than 0 mN/m from the viewpoint of being insoluble in a liquid film (liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m). Further, the "expansion coefficient of the liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is preferably 9 mN/m or more, and more preferably 10 mN/ from the viewpoint of making the above action of the liquid film cracking agent more effective. m or more, further preferably 15 mN/m or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and the surface tension of the liquid forming the liquid film is substantially 50 mN/m or less from the viewpoint of the above formula (1). Further, a more preferable range of the surface tension and water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent is the same as that of the first embodiment. In the case of the liquid film cracking agent according to the first embodiment and the second embodiment, when the nonwoven fabric containing the synthetic resin fiber or the paper containing the cellulose fiber or the absorbent core material contains the liquid film cracking agent, it is preferable to further Contains a phosphate type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the hydrophilicity of the surface of the fiber is improved, the wettability is improved, and the contact area of the liquid film with the liquid film cracking agent is increased, and the blood contains the interface material having a phosphate group derived from the living body, and thus the phosphoric acid is used in combination. Since the surfactant is based on the compatibility of the active agent, the affinity with the phospholipid contained in the blood is also preferred. Therefore, the liquid film cracking agent easily moves to the liquid film to further promote liquid film cracking. The content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent to the phosphate type anionic surfactant is set to be the mass ratio of the former: the latter, preferably 1:1 to 19:1, more preferably 2:1 to 15:1, and further Good for 3:1 to 10:1. The content ratio is set to be the mass ratio, and the latter is particularly preferably 5:1 to 19:1, more preferably 8:1 to 16:1, still more preferably 11:1 to 13:1. The phosphate ester type anionic surfactant can be used without particular limitation. Specific examples thereof include alkyl ether phosphates, dialkyl phosphates, and alkyl phosphates. Among them, an alkyl phosphate is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the affinity of the liquid film cracking agent and the liquid film and imparting workability to the nonwoven fabric. Next, specific examples of the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment and the second embodiment will be described. These properties are insoluble in water or poorly water-soluble by the above-mentioned specific numerical range, and exhibit a liquid film cracking effect. In contrast, the surfactant used as a fiber treating agent in the past is equivalent to being dissolved in water at the time of actual use, and is substantially water-soluble, and is not a liquid film cracking agent of the present invention. The liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment and the second embodiment is preferably a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 500 or more. The weight average molecular weight has a large influence on the viscosity of the liquid film cracking agent. By maintaining a high viscosity, it is difficult to flow when the liquid passes through the constituent material, and the sustainability of the liquid film cracking effect can be maintained. The weight average molecular weight of the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,500 or more, and still more preferably 2,000 or more, from the viewpoint of sufficiently increasing the viscosity of the liquid film cracking effect. On the other hand, the liquid film cracking agent is preferably 50,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000, from the viewpoint of the movement of the constituent material of the liquid film cracking agent to the liquid film, that is, the viscosity at which the diffusibility is maintained. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 10,000 or less. Further, the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment preferably has at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the structures X, X-Y and Y-X-Y. The structure X and the structure Y mentioned here are specifically the following structures. In the following structure, "C" represents a carbon atom, and "<", ">", and "-" represent a bonding key, respectively. Structure X represents >C(A)-, -C(A)2 -, -C(A)(B)-, >C(A)-C(R1 )<,>C(R1 )-, -C(R1 )(R2 )-, -C(R1 )2 -,>C<, and -Si(R1 )2 O-, -Si(R1 )(R2 Any one of the basic structures of O- is repeated or two or more of the structures are combined to form a hemosiloxane chain, or a mixed chain thereof. Having at the end of structure X is selected from a hydrogen atom, or -C(A)3 , -C(A)2 B, -C(A)(B)2 , -C(A)2 -C(R1 )3 , -C(R1 )2 A, -C (R1 )3 , or -OSi(R1 )3 , -OSi(R1 )2 (R2 ), -Si(R1 )3 , -Si(R1 )2 (R2 At least one of the group consisting of. Above R1 Or R2 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group) or an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20). For example, it is preferably Various substituents such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a phenyl group), and a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom) are preferable. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom such as a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, a guanamine group, an imido group or a phenol group. In structure X R1 , R2 When there are a plurality of cases in which each of A and B is present, the mutually different ones may be the same or different. Further, the bond between the continuous C (carbon atom) or Si is usually a single bond, but may also contain a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C or Si may also contain an ether group (-O-) or a guanamine group ( -CONRA -:RA It is a linking group such as a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group, an ester group (-COO-), a carbonyl group (-CO-) or a carbonate group (-OCOO-). The number of bonds between C and Si and other C or Si is 1 to 4, and there may be a case where a long-chain polyoxyl chain (a siloxane chain) or a mixed chain has a branch or a radial structure. . The structure Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom and having hydrophilicity. For example, it is a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, a decylamino group, an imido group, a phenol group, a polyoxyalkylene group (the number of carbon atoms of the oxygen alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 4. For example, polyoxyethylene (preferably) POE) group, polyoxypropylene (POP) group, sulfonic acid group, sulfuric acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfobetaine base, carbonyl beet base, phosphate beet base (these beet bases are derived from each betaine) A single hydrophilic group in which a compound removes one hydrogen atom, a betaine residue, a quaternary ammonium group or the like, or a hydrophilic group including a combination thereof. In addition to these, the following may also be mentioned about M.1 The bases and functional groups are mentioned. Furthermore, in the case where Y is plural in the case of the structure Y-X-Y, the plurality of Ys may be identical to each other or different. In the structures X-Y and Y-X-Y, Y is bonded to the group at the end of X or X. In the case where Y is bonded to the group at the end of X, the group at the end of X is, for example, removed by a hydrogen atom or the like which is equal to the number of bonds with Y, and is bonded to Y. In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B can be selected from the specifically described groups to satisfy the above-described expansion coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. This shows the target liquid film cracking effect. The liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment is preferably a compound having a structure X of a decane structure. Further, in the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment, it is preferable to arbitrarily combine the structures represented by the following formulas (1) to (11) which are specific examples of the above-described structures X, XY, and YXY. A compound of a cyclooxygen chain. Further, from the viewpoint of the liquid film cracking effect, the compound preferably has a weight average molecular weight in the above range. [Chemical 3]In the above formulas (1) to (11), M1 , L1 , Rtwenty one And Rtwenty two Indicates the basis of the following monovalent or polyvalent (two or more valences). Rtwenty three And Rtwenty four The base or single bond of the following monovalent or polyvalent (2 or more). M1 Represents a group having a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group in combination, or an erythritol group, a xylitol group, a sorbitol group, or a glycerin a hydrophilic group having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as a glycol group or a glycol group (a hydrophilic group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the above compound having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as erythritol), a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a thiol group, and an alkoxy group. Base (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, preferably a methoxy group), an amine group, a decylamino group, an imido group, a phenol group, a sulfonic acid group, a quaternary ammonium group, a sulfobetaine group, and a hydroxyl group. a sulfobetaine base, a phosphate beet base, an imidazolium beta base, a carbonyl beet base, an epoxy group, a carbinol group, a (meth)acrylinyl group, or a functional group in combination therewith. Furthermore, in M1 In the case of a multivalent base, M1 A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are removed from each of the above groups or functional groups. L1 Indicates an ether group or an amine group (can be used as L1 The amine system used is >NRC (RC It is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group), a sulfhydryl group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, and a carbonate group. Rtwenty one , Rtwenty two , Rtwenty three And Rtwenty four Each independently represents an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, An anthracene group, an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 20), for example, preferably a benzene group. Or a fluoroalkyl group or an aralkyl group, or a combination of such a hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom (for example, preferably a fluorine atom). Furthermore, in Rtwenty two And Rtwenty three In the case of a polyvalent group, a polyvalent hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms or fluorine atoms are removed from the above hydrocarbon group is represented. Also, in Rtwenty two Or Rtwenty three With M1 In the case of a bond, it can be used as Rtwenty two Or Rtwenty three Further, in addition to the above groups, the above hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom, it may be mentioned as R32 The imine group is used. Among the liquid film cracking agents of the first embodiment, a compound having a structure represented by any one of the above formulas (1), (2), (5), and (10) is preferred as the structure X. And a structure represented by any one of the above formulas other than the equation is a terminal of X or a terminal comprising X and Y. Further preferred is a compound containing a siloxane chain X or a group comprising a terminal of X and Y having the above (2), (4), (5), (6), (8) And a oxyalkylene chain of at least one of the structures represented by any one of the formulas (9). Specific examples of the liquid film cracking agent according to the first embodiment of the above-mentioned compound include organically modified polyfluorene oxide (polyoxane) of a polyfluorene-based surfactant. For example, as the organic modified polyfluorene modified by a reactive organic group, an amine group modification, an epoxy modification, a carboxyl group modification, a diol modification, a carbinol modification, a (meth) propylene may be mentioned. Mercapto modification, thiol modification, phenol modification. Further, as the organically modified polyfluorene modified by the non-reactive organic group, polyether modification (including polyoxyalkylene modification), methylstyryl modification, and long-chain alkyl modification may be mentioned. , higher fatty acid ester modification, higher alkoxy modification, higher fatty acid modification, fluorine modification, and the like. According to the type of the organic modification, for example, the molecular weight of the polyfluorene oxide chain, the modification ratio, the number of moles of the modified group, and the like can be appropriately changed, whereby the expansion coefficient which exhibits the liquid film cracking action can be obtained. Here, the "long chain" means a carbon number of 12 or more, preferably 12 to 20. Moreover, "high grade" means a carbon number of 6 or more, preferably 6 to 20. Among them, as a polyoxyalkylene-modified polyfluorene-oxygen or epoxy-modified polyfluorene oxide, methanol (carbinol) modified polyfluorene oxide, diol modified polyfluorene oxygen and other modified polyoxo liquid film cracking agent Preferred is a modified polyfluorene oxide having a structure in which at least one oxygen atom is contained in the modified group, and more preferably a polyoxyalkylene group-modified polyfluorene oxide. The polyoxyalkylene-modified polyfluorene has a polyoxyalkylene chain, and when the fiber of the synthetic resin contains a liquid film cracking agent, it is difficult to permeate into the inside of the fiber and easily remain on the surface. Further, by adding a hydrophilic polyoxyalkylene chain, the affinity with water is improved, and the interfacial tension is low, so that it is easy to move on the surface of the liquid film, which is preferable. Therefore, it is easy to move on the surface of the above liquid film, which is preferable. Further, even if the polyoxyalkylene-modified polyfluorene is subjected to hot-melt processing such as embossing, the liquid film cracking effect of the portion which tends to remain on the surface of the fiber is not easily weakened. It is preferable that the embossed portion in which the liquid is easily retained sufficiently exhibits a liquid film cracking effect. The polyoxyalkylene-modified polyfluorene oxide which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment is exemplified by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. Further, from the viewpoint of the liquid film cracking effect, the polyoxyalkylene-modified polyfluorene oxide preferably has a weight average molecular weight in the above range. [Chemical 4][Chemical 5][Chemical 6][Chemistry 7]In the above formula [I] to [IV], R31 And an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a decyl group,癸基). R32 The single bond or alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group) is preferred, and the above alkyl group is preferred. Multiple R31 Multiple R32 They may be the same or different from each other. M11 The group having a polyoxyalkylene group is preferably a polyoxyalkylene group. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene group include a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, and a copolymerization of the constituent monomers. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Further, the symbols of the repeating units are determined in each of the formulas [I] to [IV], and do not necessarily represent the same integers, and may be different. Further, the polyoxyalkylene-modified polyfluorene oxide which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment may have any one or two modified groups of polyoxyethylene modification and polyoxypropylene modification. By. Moreover, in order to be insoluble in water and have a low interfacial tension, it is preferred to be an alkyl group R of a polyfluorene chain.31 Has a methyl group. The one having the modified group or the polyoxygen chain is not particularly limited, and is, for example, those described in paragraphs [0006] and [0012] of JP-A-2002-161474. More specifically, polyoxyethylene (POE) polyoxypropylene (POP) modified polyoxane, or polyoxyethylene (POE) modified polyoxo, polyoxypropylene (POP) modified polyoxyl Wait. Examples of the POE-modified polyfluorene oxide include POE (3)-modified dimethylpolyfluorene or the like in which 3 moles of POE is added. As the POP-modified polyoxo, POP (10) modified dimethyl polyfluorene, POP (12) modified dimethyl poly group having 10 mol, 12 mol or 24 mol POP added may be mentioned. Oxygen, POP (24) modified dimethyl polyfluorene and the like. The expansion coefficient and water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent according to the first embodiment described above, in the case of polyoxyalkylene-modified polyoxo, for example, the addition of a molar amount of a polyoxyalkylene group (relative The number of bonds of the oxygen-extended alkyl group forming the polyoxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene-modified polyoxyloxy group 1 mole, the modification ratio described below, and the like are set to a specific range. The surface tension and the interfacial tension of the liquid film cracking agent can also be set to specific ranges by the same method. From the above viewpoints, the polyoxyalkylene-modified polyfluorene oxide which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment is preferably one having a molar number of addition of a polyoxyalkylene group of 1 or more. The addition molar number is preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 5 or more, from the viewpoint of reducing the interfacial tension and increasing the expansion coefficient to enhance the liquid film cracking effect. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of preventing hydrophilicity and excessive water solubility, the addition molar number is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. The modification ratio of the modified polyfluorene oxygen is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and still more preferably 20% or more in order to secure the necessary hydrophilicity. Further, in order to make it insoluble in water, it is preferably 95% or less, more preferably 70% or less, still more preferably 40% or less. Furthermore, the modification rate of the above-mentioned modified polyfluorene oxygen is a repetition of the number of repeating units of the modified azide-bonded portion in the modified polyoxyl 1 molecule relative to the azide-bonding portion. The ratio of the total number of units. For example, (n/m+n)×100% in the above formulas [I] and [IV], (2/m)×100% in the formula [II], and (1/m)×100 in the formula [III]. %. Further, the expansion coefficient and the water solubility may be set to a specific range in the case of polyoxyalkylene-modified polyoxymethylene, respectively, in addition to the above-described modes, that is, as a modified group. And water-soluble polyoxyethylene and water-insoluble polyoxypropylene and polyoxybutenyl; changing the molecular weight of the water-insoluble polyoxyl chain; as a modified group, in addition to polyoxyalkylene modification, An amine group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carbinol group or the like is introduced. When the nonwoven fabric contains the polyalkylene-modified polyfluorene oxide which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment, the ratio is based on the ratio of the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit). It is preferable to contain 0.02% by mass or more and 8% by mass or less. The content ratio of the polyalkylene-modified polysiloxane (OPU) is more preferably 5% by mass or less, further preferably 1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the texture of the non-woven fabric is good. In addition, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.0005 mass% or more, and further preferably 0.0015 mass% or more, from the viewpoint of the liquid film cracking effect by the polyalkylene group-modified polyfluorene. Further, it is not limited to non-woven fabric, and the content of the polyalkylene-modified polyfluorene contained in the physiological product is surely applied to the liquid film, and the content thereof is preferably 0.00001 g/m.2 More preferably, it is 0.0001 g/m2 Above, further preferably 0.0003 g/m2 the above. Further, the content of the polyalkylene-modified polyfluorene contained in the physiological product is preferably 10 g/m from the viewpoint of ensuring liquid permeability.2 Below, more preferably 7 g/m2 Hereinafter, it is further preferably 5 g/m2 the following. Specifically, the content of the polyalkylene-modified polyfluorene oxygen as the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment contained in the physiological product is preferably 0.00001 g/m.2 Above and 10 g/m2 Hereinafter, more preferably 0.0001 g/m2 Above and 7 g/m2 Hereinafter, it is further preferably 0.0003 g/m.2 Above and 5 g/m2 the following. The liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, Z-Y and Y-Z-Y, as described below. The structure Z and the structure Y mentioned here are specifically the following structures. In the following structure, "C" represents a carbon atom, and "<", ">", and "-" represent a bonding key, respectively. Structure Z represents >C(A)-, -C(A)2 -, -C(A)(B)-, >C(A)-C(R3 )<,>C(R3 )-, -C(R3 )(R4 )-, -C(R3 )2 - a hydrocarbon chain of a structure in which any of the basic structures of >C< is repeated or two or more are combined. Having at the end of the structure Z is selected from a hydrogen atom, or -C(A)3 , -C(A)2 B, -C(A)(B)2 , -C(A)2 -C(R3 )3 , -C(R3 )2 A, -C (R3 )3 At least one of the group consisting of. Above R3 Or R4 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, or a 2-ethyl group). a hexyl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 20). It is preferably a phenyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a combination of a hydrocarbon group such as these or a fluorine atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom such as a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, a guanamine group, an imido group or a phenol group. In structure X R3 , R4 When there are a plurality of cases in which each of A and B is present, the mutually different ones may be the same or different. Further, the bond between consecutive C (carbon atoms) is usually a single bond, but may also contain a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C may also include an ether group, a mercapto group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, or the like. Linkage base. The number of bonds between one C and the other C is 1 to 4, and there may be a case where a hydrocarbon chain having a long chain has a branch or a radial structure. The structure Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom and having hydrophilicity. For example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amine group, a decylamino group, an imido group, a phenol group, or a polyoxyalkylene group (the number of carbon atoms of the oxygen alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 4. For example, polyoxyethylene is preferred. a base, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutenyl group, or a combination of such polyoxyalkylene groups, or an erythritol group, a xylitol group, a sorbitol group, a glyceryl group, a glycol group a hydrophilic group having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, or a sulfonic acid group, a sulfate group, a phosphate group, a sulfobeta base, a carbonyl beet base, a phosphate beet base, a quaternary ammonium group, an imidazolium beta base, an epoxy A single hydrophilic group such as a base, a carbinol group, a methacryl group or the like, or a hydrophilic group including a combination thereof or the like. Furthermore, when Y is plural, it may be the same or different from each other. In the structures Z-Y and Y-Z-Y, Y is bonded to the group at the end of Z or Z. In the case where Y is bonded to the group at the end of Z, the group at the end of Z is, for example, removed by a hydrogen atom or the like which is equal to the number of bonds with Y, and is bonded to Y. In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B can be selected from the specifically described groups to satisfy the above-described expansion coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. This shows the target liquid film cracking effect. The liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment is preferably a compound obtained by arbitrarily combining the structures represented by the following formulas (12) to (25) as specific examples of the structures Z, Z-Y, and Y-Z-Y. Further, from the viewpoint of the liquid film cracking effect, the compound preferably has a weight average molecular weight in the above range. [化8]In the above formulas (12) to (25), M2 , L2 , R41 , R42 And R43 Indicates the following monovalent or polyvalent group (2 or more). M2 Represents a group having a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group in combination, or an erythritol group, a xylitol group, a sorbitol group, or a glycerin a hydrophilic group having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as a group or an ethylene glycol group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a decyl group, an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, preferably a methoxy group), an amine group, or a decylamine. Base, imine group, phenol group, sulfonic acid group, quaternary ammonium group, sulfobeta base, hydroxysulfo beet base, phosphate beet base, imidazolium beta base, carbonyl beet base, epoxy A base, a carbinol group, a (meth)acrylonitrile group, or a functional group in combination. L2 Representing an ether group, an amine group, a decylamino group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, or a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a combination of such a polyoxyalkylene group base. R41 , R42 And R43 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20. For example, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, or a 2- Ethylhexyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl), alkoxy (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 20). Preferred are phenyl), fluoroalkyl, aralkyl, or various substituents in combination with such a hydrocarbon group or a halogen atom (e.g., preferably a fluorine atom). On R42 In the case of a multivalent base, R42 A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are removed from each of the above substituents. Further, at the end of the bonding bond described in each structure, another structure may be arbitrarily connected or a hydrogen atom may be introduced. Further, as a specific example of the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment, the first example is a polyether compound and a nonionic surfactant, and the second one is a hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms. Not limited to these. Specific examples of the polyether compound and the nonionic surfactant which are the first specific examples of the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include polyoxygen represented by any one of the following formulas [V]. An alkylene alkyl (POA) ether or a polyoxyalkylene glycol having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more represented by the following formula [VI], a stearyl polyether, a behenyl polyether, a PPG myristyl ether , PPG stearyl ether, PPG hawthorn ether and the like. As the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether, a lauryl ether having a POP of 3 mol or more and 24 mol or less, preferably 5 mol is preferably added. The polyether compound is preferably a polypropylene glycol having a weight average molecular weight of from 1,000 to 10,000, preferably 3,000, of a polypropylene glycol having 17 mol or more and 180 mol or less, preferably about 50 mol. Further, the measurement of the above weight average molecular weight can be carried out by the following measurement method. In the case where the nonwoven fabric contains a polyether compound or a nonionic surfactant which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment, it is preferably 0.1 in terms of the content ratio (Oil Per Unit) with respect to the fiber mass. The mass% or more and the mass% or less. The content ratio (OPU) of the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant is more preferably 5% by mass or less, further preferably 1.0% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the texture of the non-woven fabric is good. In addition, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.0005 mass% or more, and still more preferably 0.0015 mass% or more, from the viewpoint of the liquid film cracking effect by the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant. Further, it is not limited to non-woven fabric, and the content of the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant contained in the physiological product is preferably 0.00001 g/m from the viewpoint of acting on the liquid film.2 More preferably, it is 0.0001 g/m2 Above, further preferably 0.0003 g/m2 the above. Further, the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant contained in the physiological product preferably has a content of 10 g/m from the viewpoint of ensuring liquid permeability.2 Below, more preferably 7 g/m2 Hereinafter, it is further preferably 5 g/m2 the following. Specifically, the content of the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant which is the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment contained in the physiological product is preferably 0.00001 g/m.2 Above and 10 g/m2 Hereinafter, more preferably 0.0001 g/m2 Above and 7 g/m2 Hereinafter, it is further preferably 0.0003 g/m.2 Above and 5 g/m2 the following. [Chemistry 9][化10]In the above formula [V], Ltwenty one And an ether group, an amine group, a decylamino group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group or a bonding group having such a polyoxyalkylene group . In the above formulas [V] and [VI], R51 Represents hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, decyl, decyl, methoxy, ethoxy, benzene a group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or various substituents in which the hydrocarbon group or the fluorine atom is combined. Further, a, b, m, and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, Cm Hn Indicates an alkyl group (n=2m+1), Ca Hb Indicates an alkyl group (a = 2b). Further, the number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are independently determined in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and are not necessarily the same integers, and may be different. The same applies to m, m', m'', n, n', and n'' in the following formulas [VII] to [XV]. Again, -(Ca Hb O)m - "m" is an integer of 1 or more. The value of the repeating unit is independently determined in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and does not necessarily represent the same integer, and may be different. In the case of the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant, the coefficient of expansion, the surface tension, and the water solubility of the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment can be, for example, the number of moles of the polyoxyalkylene group. Set to a specific range. From this point of view, the number of moles of the polyoxyalkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 70 or less. From the viewpoint of reducing the interfacial tension and increasing the expansion coefficient to enhance the liquid film cracking effect, the number of moles is more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 7 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of preventing the entanglement of the molecular chain from becoming too strong and the diffusibility in the liquid film from being lowered, the addition molar number is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 60 or less, and still more preferably 50. the following. Further, in the case of the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant, the expansion coefficient, the surface tension, the interfacial tension, and the water solubility can be set to specific ranges as follows, that is, water-soluble polyoxygen is used in combination. a vinyl group and a water-insoluble polyoxypropylene group and a polyoxybutene group, which change the chain length of a hydrocarbon chain, and have a branch on a hydrocarbon chain, and have a double bond on a hydrocarbon chain, and are used on a hydrocarbon chain. The benzene ring or the naphthalene ring may be combined as appropriate in the above manner. A hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms as a second specific example of the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment will be described. The hydrocarbon compound preferably has a carbon number of 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, from the viewpoint that the liquid material is more likely to expand on the surface of the liquid film. The hydrocarbon compound does not include a polyorganosiloxane, and it is not limited to a linear chain, and may be a branched chain, and the chain is not particularly limited in terms of saturation and saturation. Further, it may have a substituent such as an ester or an ether at the middle and at the end. Among them, those which are liquid at normal temperature can be preferably used alone. When the nonwoven fabric contains the hydrocarbon compound, it is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less based on the content ratio of the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit). The content ratio (OPU) of the hydrocarbon compound is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.99% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the texture of the non-woven fabric is good. In addition, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.0005 mass% or more, and further preferably 0.0015 mass% or more, from the viewpoint of the liquid film cracking effect by the hydrocarbon compound. Further, it is not limited to the non-woven fabric, and the hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms contained in the physiological product is preferably 0.00001 g/m from the viewpoint of acting on the liquid film.2 More preferably, it is 0.0001 g/m2 Above, further preferably 0.0003 g/m2 the above. Further, the hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms contained in the physiological product preferably has a content of 10 g/m from the viewpoint of impairing liquid permeability.2 Below, more preferably 7 g/m2 Hereinafter, it is further preferably 5 g/m2 the following. Specifically, the content of the hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment contained in the physiological product is preferably 0.00001 g/m.2 Above and 10 g/m2 Hereinafter, more preferably 0.0001 g/m2 Above and 7 g/m2 Hereinafter, it is further preferably 0.0003 g/m.2 Above and 5 g/m2 the following. Examples of the hydrocarbon compound which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include oils or fats such as natural oils or natural fats. Specific examples thereof include coconut oil, camellia oil, castor oil, coconut oil, corn oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, and the like. Moreover, examples of the hydrocarbon compound which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include caprylic acid, capric acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, behenic acid, and the like. The mixture or the like is a fatty acid represented by the following formula [VII]. [11]In the above formula [VII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, Cm Hn A hydrocarbon group representing each of the above fatty acids. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon compound (fatty acid) which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted polyol fatty acid ester or plural. Examples of the mixture of the alcoholic fatty acid esters include glycerin fatty acid esters or pentaerythritol fatty acid esters represented by the following formula [VIII-I] or [VIII-II], and specific examples thereof include glycerol trioctane. An acid ester, glyceryl tripalmitate, a mixture of these, and the like. Further, a mixture of a glycerin fatty acid ester or a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester typically contains some mono-, di-, and tri-esters. Preferable examples of the glycerin fatty acid ester include a mixture of glyceryl tricaprylate and glyceryl tricaprylate. Further, from the viewpoint of lowering the interfacial tension and obtaining a higher expansion coefficient, a polyhydric alcohol fatty acid ester having a polyoxyalkylene group introduced thereto to maintain water insolubility can be used. [化12][Chemistry 13]In the above formulae [VIII-I] and [VIII-II], m, m', m'', n, n' and n'' are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same or different from each other. Here, Cm Hn , Cm 'Hn 'and Cm ''Hn '' denotes a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids, respectively. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon compound (fatty acid) which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include a linear or branched saturated or unsaturated fatty acid which forms an ester with a polyol having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, and a part thereof Examples of the fatty acid or the fatty acid mixture in which the hydroxy group is not esterified may be, for example, any one of the following formula [IX], any one of the following formulas [X], or the following formula [XI] A glycerin fatty acid ester, or a sorbitan fatty acid ester or a partial esterified product of a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of them. Specific examples thereof include ethylene glycol monomyristate, ethylene glycol dimyristate, ethylene glycol palmitate, ethylene glycol dipalmitate, glyceryl dimyristate, and glycerol palm Acid ester, glycerol monooleate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan dioleate, sorbitan tristearate, pentaerythritol monostearate, Pentaerythritol dilaurate, pentaerythritol tristearate, and mixtures thereof. Further, a mixture comprising a glycerin fatty acid ester, or a partial esterified product of a sorbitan fatty acid ester, a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester or the like typically contains some of the compounds which have been completely esterified. [Chemistry 14]In the above formula [IX], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same or different from each other. Here, Cm Hn A hydrocarbon group representing each of the above fatty acids. [化15]In the above formula [X], R52 A linear or branched saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, etc.) having 2 or more and 22 or less carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include 2-ethylhexyl group, lauryl group, myristyl group, palmity group, stearyl group, behenyl group, oil group, and linseed oil group. [Chemistry 16]In the above formula [XI], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same or different from each other. Here, Cm Hn A hydrocarbon group representing each of the above fatty acids. Moreover, examples of the hydrocarbon compound which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include sterols, phytosterols, and sterol derivatives. Specific examples thereof include cholesterol, sterol, sterol, ergosterol, and the like, which have a sterol structure of the following formula [XII]. [化17]Further, examples of the hydrocarbon compound which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include alcohols. Specific examples of the alcohol include lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, cetearyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, and the like, which are represented by the following formula [XIII]. [化18]In the above formula [XIII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, Cm Hn The hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohols is represented. Specific examples of the fatty acid ester which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, and ethyl hexanoate represented by the following formula [XIV]. Wax ester, triisooctanoic acid glyceride, octyl dodecyl myristate, ethylhexyl palmitate, ethylhexyl stearate, butyl stearate, myristyl myristate, stearic acid Stearyl ester, cholesteryl isostearate, and mixtures thereof. [Chemistry 19]In the above formula [XIV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, 2 Cm Hn Can be the same or different. Cm Hn -COO-Cm Hn A hydrocarbon group representing each of the above fatty acids. -COO-Cm Hn Cm Hn Represents a hydrocarbon group derived from an alcohol forming an ester. Further, examples of the compound which can be used as the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment include a wax. Specific examples of the wax include ceresin, paraffin, petrolatum, mineral oil, liquid isomerized paraffin, and the like represented by the following formula [XV]. [Chemistry 20]In the above formula [XV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. In the case of the hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms, the expansion coefficient, the surface tension, the water solubility, and the interfacial tension of the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment can be set to a specific range as follows. For example, a hydrophilic polyoxyethylene group is introduced in a small amount to maintain water insolubility, and a polyoxypropylene group or a polyoxybutene group which is hydrophobic but can lower the interfacial tension is introduced, and the chain length of the hydrocarbon chain is changed, and is used. A hydrocarbon chain has a branch, and is used in a hydrocarbon chain having a double bond, and a hydrocarbon chain having a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring. The physiological product of the present invention has the liquid membrane cracking agent-containing region containing the liquid film cracking agent, and other components may be contained in the liquid-containing film cracking agent region or other regions in addition to the liquid film cracking agent. Further, any one of the liquid film cracking agent of the first embodiment and the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment may be used, or two types of agents may be used in combination, and in the latter case, one may be used. Two doses are mixed in the liquid membrane cracker-containing region. The same applies to the first and second specific examples of the liquid film cracking agent of the second embodiment. (Basic Structure of Physiological Product) As described above, the physiological product of the present invention has an absorbent body, and a front sheet can be disposed on the skin contact surface side, and a back sheet can be disposed on the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent body. The back sheet may be liquid impervious, liquid impervious or water repellency. A liquid permeable sheet called a second sheet may be disposed between the front sheet and the absorbent body. In the case where the physiological product is, for example, a menstrual sanitary napkin, the menstrual sanitary napkin generally has a longitudinal shape having a longitudinal direction and a width direction orthogonal thereto. In the skin abutment surface of the menstrual sanitary napkin, one of the lengthwise extensions may be disposed on both sides of the width direction to prevent leakage. The leak-proof cuffs are erected on the skin side of the user of the menstrual napkin, thereby preventing leakage of menstrual blood discharged to the abutment surface of the menstrual napkin. The absorbent body preferably contains a superabsorbent polymer, and may be substituted for or in addition to the superabsorbent polymer. Alternatively, the absorbent body may be composed only of a superabsorbent polymer. A typical example of the absorbent body is a member which is also called an absorbent core material which is usually contained in such a physiological product. Specific examples thereof include a fluff pulp containing wood pulp, a hydrophilized fiber, and the like. It is composed of a fiber material and a particulate superabsorbent polymer. In the absorbent core material having such a configuration, the superabsorbent polymer is usually held in an aggregate of the fibrous material via an adhesive force generated by a superabsorbent polymer in a wet state or an adhesive such as an adhesive or an adhesive which is additionally added. in. The absorbent core material may be a fiber accumulation body in which a fluff pulp and a superabsorbent polymer are mixed, and the fluff pulp and the superabsorbent polymer used in the fiber stack may be uniformly mixed or unevenly mixed, or These materials have different local basis weights. The superabsorbent polymer used in the present invention is preferably one which can absorb and retain a liquid 20 times or more of its own weight and can be gelated. Examples of such a superabsorbent polymer include starch or crosslinked carboxymethylated cellulose, a polymer or copolymer of acrylic acid or an alkali metal acrylate, polyacrylic acid and a salt thereof, and polyacrylate grafting. polymer. As the polyacrylate, a sodium salt can be preferably used. The absorber may also have an absorbent core material and a coated core material coated thereon. The packaged core material may be in the form of covering the entire absorbent core material, and may be, for example, a form in which only the skin contact surface side of the absorbent core material is covered. In the present invention, the absorption system includes the concept of an absorbent core material and a packaged chip material which is arbitrarily used. As the packaged chip material, crepe paper or spunbond-meltblown-spunbond (SMS) nonwoven fabric or the like can be used. The front sheet is not particularly limited as long as it is a liquid-permeable sheet. For example, a known material in the field such as a hot air non-woven fabric, a spunbonded nonwoven fabric, or a spunlace nonwoven fabric can be used arbitrarily. These nonwoven fabrics can be formed using fibers composed of a resin such as polyethylene, polypropylene, or polyethylene terephthalate, and it is preferred to apply a hydrophilic fiber treating agent to the fibers. The front sheet may be one layer or a plurality of layers including two or more layers. Moreover, the front sheet may be a flat surface of the skin or a non-skin abutting surface, or may be uneven or uneven on either or both sides, or may cause the basis weight or density of the fibers to be generated. Various changers. In the case where the front sheet contains a plurality of layers, the hemagglutinating agent and the liquid film cracking agent may be contained in all layers or may be contained in a part of the layer. When the back sheet is made into liquid permeability, the same as the front sheet can be used. When the back sheet is made into liquid impermeability, liquid impermeability, or water repellency, a spunbonded nonwoven fabric, an SMS non-woven fabric, a moisture permeable film, or the like may be used, and a laminate of a non-woven fabric and a moisture permeable film may be used. . Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 show a menstrual napkin 10 as an embodiment of the physiological article of the present invention. The menstrual sanitary napkin 10 has a longitudinal direction X corresponding to the front-rear direction of the user and a transverse direction Y orthogonal thereto. As shown in FIG. 5, the longitudinal length of the longitudinal direction X is larger than the maximum length of the lateral direction Y in plan view. Long shape. The menstrual sanitary napkin 10 has a liquid-permeable front sheet 20 which forms a skin abutting surface of the menstrual sanitary napkin 10, a back sheet 30 which forms a water-repellent surface of the menstrual sanitary napkin 10, and is interposed in two The liquid-retaining absorber 40 between the sheets 20 and 30 is configured by integration by a known joining method such as an adhesive. The front sheet 20 and the back sheet 30 are respectively extended from the periphery of the absorber 40, and the end seal portions 50 are joined to each other at the end portions of the extension portions by a known joining method such as an adhesive or heat sealing. The skin contact surface of the menstrual napkin 10 is formed with a leak-proof groove 60 which is formed in a circular shape in a plan view in which the front sheet 20 and the absorber 40 are integrally recessed. A pair of side sheets 70 and 70 are disposed on both sides of the longitudinal direction X of the skin abutting surface of the menstrual napkin 10 so as to extend over the entire longitudinal direction X of the menstrual napkin 10 . The absorber 40 includes a liquid-retaining absorbent core member 41 and a core material 42 covering both the skin contact surface and the non-skin contact surface of the absorbent core member 41. The absorbent core material 41 is composed of a fibrous material and a particulate superabsorbent polymer. Fig. 7 shows a front sheet 20 provided in the menstrual napkin 10. In the front sheet 20, the first surface 20A side of the skin contact surface has an uneven shape, and the second surface 20B side of the non-skin contact surface is flat or has an uneven shape, but the degree of unevenness is compared with the first surface 20A side. Very small. Specifically, the uneven shape on the first surface 20A side has a plurality of convex portions 21 and a linear concave portion 22 surrounding the same. Each of the plurality of convex portions 21 is swelled toward the first surface 20A side. The linear recesses 22 are arranged in a lattice shape, and the first surface 20A of the front sheet 20 is divided into a plurality of regions by the recesses 22 arranged in a lattice shape, and one convex portion 21 is disposed in each of the regions. In other words, a plurality of convex portions 21 are disposed on the first surface 20A of the front sheet 20 as the skin contact surface. The front sheet 20 contains heat-extensible fibers whose length is elongated by heating. Examples of the heat-expandable fiber include a fiber which is elongated by a change in the crystal state of the resin by heating, or a fiber which is subjected to crimping and which is curled by heating to be elongated, and which has an elongated length. In the fiber web mainly composed of the unheated heat-expandable fiber as the intermediate of the production of the front sheet 20, the lattice-shaped concave portion 22 is formed by embossing or the like, and then heat treatment such as hot air blowing by blowing hot air is performed. Then, the thermally extensible fibers existing in the respective regions divided by the concave portion 22 are elongated, whereby the respective regions become bulky than the concave portions 22. The fluffy portion thus formed is the convex portion 21. Due to the relationship between the manufacturing steps of the front sheet 20, the convex portion 21 is filled with a solid structure constituting the fiber, but is a loose portion having a relatively low fiber density as compared with the concave portion 22. On the other hand, the concave portion 22 has a pressure-bonding portion in which the constituent fibers of the front sheet 20 are crimped or joined, and the heat-extensible fibers present in the concave portion 22 are damaged by the heat elongation, so that even the experience is experienced. The heat treatment is also in a non-elongated state. The top sheet 20 has a two-layer structure including a layer on the first surface 20A side and a layer on the second surface 20B side. The upper layer on the first surface 20A side is a layer having a concavo-convex shape including the convex portion 21, and is mainly composed of a thermally extensible fiber. The ratio of the heat-expandable fiber to the entire constituent fibers of the upper layer is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, further preferably 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less. On the other hand, the lower layer on the second surface 20B side does not contain the thermally extensible fiber, or the content of the thermally extensible fiber is smaller than the upper layer on the first surface 20A side having the uneven shape. The two layers constituting the front sheet 20 are preferably joined to each other by the pressing portions of the recesses 22. Further, the front sheet 20 is not limited to the two-layer structure, and may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure of three or more layers. By using such a front surface sheet 20 having a concavo-convex shape, the contact area with the user's skin is controlled to effectively prevent stuffiness or skin rash. Further, the convex portion 21 that contacts the skin becomes bulky due to the thermal elongation of the heat-extensible fiber, and the touch of the skin is soft. The front sheet 20 can be produced by, for example, the following method. First, a linear concave portion 22 is formed by heat embossing on a fiber web including thermally extensible fibers. At this time, in the recessed portion 22, the thermally extensible fiber is crimped or fused to be fixed without thermal elongation. Then, hot air processing is performed on the fiber web. Thereby, the portion other than the concave portion 22, that is, the heat-extensible fiber existing in the region surrounded by the lattice-shaped concave portion 22 is elongated, and the portion is raised toward the first surface 20A side, whereby the convex portion 21 is formed, thereby forming a front sheet. Material 20. As the constituent fibers of the topsheet 20, only heat-extensible fibers may be used, or in addition to the heat-extensible fibers, non-thermally extensible heat-fusible fibers may be used. For the constituent fibers of the front sheet 20, for example, those described in paragraphs [0013], [0037] to [0040] of JP-A-2005-350836, and paragraphs of JP-A-2011-1277258 can be used. [0012], as described in [0024] to [0046]. (The blood cell aggregating agent-containing region and the liquid film-containing cracking agent region) The present inventors have found that the surface white of the physiological product after use can be maintained by using the blood cell agglutinating agent in the physiological product and also using the liquid film cracking agent. degree. Further, it has been found that, as described below, the amount of liquid return is remarkably reduced when these conditions are used in combination with the case where only the hemagglutination agent is used and the case where only the liquid film cracking agent is used. Regarding this phenomenon, a case in which the constitution of the menstrual napkin 10 is employed will be described as an example. First, a menstrual sanitary napkin (hereinafter referred to as menstrual sanitary napkin 10A) having a hemagglutinating agent-containing region and a liquid-film-cracking agent-free region is provided on the sheathing material 42 located on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent core member 41. Be explained. The menstrual sanitary napkin 10A does not contain a liquid film cracking agent, and is a physiological product outside the scope of the present invention. When blood is excreted to the menstrual napkin 10A, the blood reaching the hemagglutination agent region of the packaged core material 42 starts to form a red blood cell agglomerate at this position, and is separated from the plasma component. In this manner, as in the case where the gap is formed in the absorbent body 40, the red blood cell agglutination block is held on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body 40, and the plasma component gradually diffuses into the absorbent body. Further, the plasma component reaches the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent body 40, and is mainly held on the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent core member 41. The liquid containing the plasma component held here tends to flow back toward the skin contact surface when the menstrual sanitary napkin 10A is pressed, but is subjected to the red blood cell agglutination which is present on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body 40. It is difficult to reach the front sheet 20. Thereby, the reduction in the amount of liquid return is achieved. However, since the menstrual sanitary napkin 10A forms a red blood cell agglomerate at a position close to the front sheet 20, there is room for improvement in the appearance of the skin abutting surface side after use. Next, a menstrual sanitary napkin (hereinafter referred to as menstrual sanitary napkin 10B) in which a liquid film cracking agent-containing region is provided on the front sheet 20 and a blood cell aggregating agent-containing region is not provided will be described. The menstrual sanitary napkin 10B does not contain a blood cell agglutinating agent and is a physiological product outside the scope of the present invention. When the blood is drained to the menstrual napkin 10B, the blood reaching the liquid film cracking agent region of the front sheet 20 is released from the liquid film layer by one of the liquid film layers to destabilize the liquid film. A liquid film is continuously formed in the front sheet 20, and flows to the absorber 40 due to its own weight. In the absorbent body 40, the blood, more specifically, the blood containing the liquid film cracking agent region diffuses in the planar direction during the flow from the skin contact surface side to the non-skin contact surface side. As a result, in the absorbent body 40, the blood diffusion area on the non-skin contact surface side is larger than the blood diffusion area on the skin contact surface side. Therefore, the effect of not retaining the liquid in the front sheet 20 and the effect of the small diffusion area on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body 40 are complementary, and the surface whiteness of the menstrual sanitary napkin 10B after use becomes extremely excellent. . Further, since the liquid film is not present in the region on the skin contact surface side of the self-absorbent body 40 to the front sheet 20, it is difficult to form a liquid passage, and the amount of liquid return is reduced. However, when the menstrual sanitary napkin 10A containing the hemagglutinating agent is pressed, the blood having a tendency to return to the skin abutting side is subjected to the absorbent body, compared with the menstrual sanitary napkin 10B containing no hemagglutinating agent. The erythrocyte agglutination block existing on the abutting side of the skin does not easily return to the surface layer, so the amount of liquid return is small, so that the blood absorption performance of the menstrual sanitary napkin 10B has room for improvement. The physiological product of the present invention contains two doses with respect to the menstrual sanitary napkins 10A, 10B containing only one of a hemagglutinating agent and a liquid film cracking agent. Further, in the physiological product of the present invention, a blood cell aggregating agent containing a hemagglutinating agent and a liquid film cracking agent containing a liquid film cracking agent are disposed, and the positions of the two regions are located in the absorbent body or the absorbent body. Rely on the skin side by the side. By providing a hemagglutinating agent-containing region and a liquid-containing membrane cracking agent region on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body, the effect of the above-mentioned effects can be fully utilized, and the amount of liquid return can be reduced, and the surface whiteness after use can be achieved. Improve the effect. In the first embodiment of the physiological product of the present invention, the blood cell agglutinating agent and the liquid film cracking agent are mixed and disposed in the core material 42 located on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent core member 41, that is, The menstrual sanitary napkin (hereinafter referred to as menstrual sanitary napkin 10C) in which the hemagglutinating agent region and the liquid film-containing cracking agent region overlap in the thickness direction or in the planar direction. When the blood is drained to the menstrual sanitary napkin 10C and the blood reaches the packaged core material 42, the blood is not continuously formed into the liquid film by the effect of the liquid film cracking agent, and is rapidly introduced into the absorbent core material 41. At the same time, red blood cell agglomerates are gradually formed by the effect of the hemagglutination agent. The formed red blood cell agglomerates can no longer continue to pass through the voids in the absorbent core member 41, and thus are held in the thickness direction of the absorbent body 40. On the other hand, the plasma component in the blood is further diffused to the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent core member 41 and held therein. Throughout this process, blood passing through the region containing the liquid membrane cracker diffuses in the planar direction. As a result, in the absorbent body 40, the blood diffusion area on the non-skin contact surface side is larger than the blood diffusion area on the skin contact surface side. According to the above phenomenon, first, the liquid held on the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent body 40 is hindered by the red blood cell agglutination block and is not easily moved to the skin contact surface side. Further, since no liquid film is formed in the package core material 42, the liquid passage to the front surface sheet 20 is not easily formed. With the above complementary effects, the amount of backwashing cotton 10C is significantly reduced compared with menstrual sanitary napkin 10A and menstrual sanitary napkin 10B. Next, regarding the surface whiteness, since the red blood cell agglutination block is held in the thickness direction of the absorber 40, it does not easily appear through the side of the front sheet 20. Further, since the diffusion area of the skin abutting surface side of the absorbent body 40 is small, the menstrual sanitary napkin 10C exhibits a whiteness superior to that of the menstrual sanitary napkin 10A. In the second embodiment of the physiological product of the present invention, the liquid film cracking agent region is provided on the front sheet 20, and the blood-containing ball is placed on the core material 42 located on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent core member 41. Menstrual sanitary napkins in the agglutinating agent area (hereinafter referred to as menstrual sanitary napkin 10D). In the menstrual sanitary napkin 10D, the liquid film-cracking agent-containing region of the front sheet 20 and the hemagglutinating agent-containing region of the packaged chip material 42 are at least partially, preferably all overlapped in plan view. In the menstrual sanitary napkin 10D, the same phenomenon as the menstrual sanitary napkin 10C occurs, but there is a difference in not only the packaged core material 42 but also the formation of the liquid film on the front surface sheet 20. Thereby, the whiteness of the front sheet 20 itself is improved as compared with the menstrual sanitary napkin 10C, and thus the shielding property against the red blood cell agglomerates in the absorbent body 40 is also improved. Results The menstrual sanitary napkin 10D was superior to the menstrual sanitary napkin 10C in terms of surface whiteness. In the physiological product of the present invention, the hemagglutination agent and the liquid film cracking agent may be disposed at any portion of the absorbent body or the absorbent body closer to the skin abutting surface side. In the case where it is disposed in the absorbent body, it is preferred that each of the agents is disposed on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body or on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body. That is, it is preferable that each agent is disposed on the side of the skin contact surface of the higher absorbent polymer. Thereby, hemagglutination can be performed before the blood is absorbed by the superabsorbent polymer. Moreover, the surface tension of the blood can be lowered before the blood diffuses into the absorbent body. Further, in the physiological product of the present invention, the blood cell aggregating agent-containing region is not disposed on the front sheet 20 but is disposed on the non-skin contact surface side of the front sheet, which is inside the physiological product. It is preferable to form an agglomerate of a non-liquid component in the menstrual blood represented by red blood cells to prevent the non-liquid component from adhering to the skin of the user. In the menstrual sanitary napkins 10C and 10D, the hemagglutinating agent-containing region is disposed on the packaged core material 42. The hemagglutinating agent-containing region may also be disposed in the absorbent core 41. Further, in the physiological product of the present invention, in the thickness direction of the physiological product, the blood-containing agglutinating agent region and the liquid-containing film cracking agent region may be disposed at the same position as the menstrual sanitary napkin 10C, but it is easy to obtain two From the viewpoint of the complementary effect of the agent, it is preferred that the two regions are disposed at different positions, and it is particularly preferable that the liquid film cracking agent region such as the menstrual sanitary napkin 10D is disposed in comparison with the blood cell agglutinating agent region. Skin abuts the side of the face. In the state in which the liquid-containing film cracking agent region is disposed on the skin contact surface side in comparison with the blood cell aggregating agent-containing region, when the physiological product overlaps in two regions in plan view, The overlapping portions may be established with each other. On the other hand, in the plane direction of the physiological product, the blood-containing agglutinating agent region and the liquid-containing film cracking agent region may not overlap and are spaced apart, but from the viewpoint of easily obtaining the complementary effect of the two agents, it is preferably as The menstrual sanitary napkins 10C and 10D overlap in the plane direction. Further, in the case where the physiological product of the present invention is a menstrual sanitary napkin as shown in Figs. 5 and 6, the blood-containing agglutinating agent region and the liquid-containing film cracking agent region make the two regions easily contact with blood. Preferably, it is disposed in the discharge port abutment area. The excretion opening abutment area is the central part of the width direction and the longitudinal direction in the daily menstrual sanitary napkin, and in the case of the nighttime sanitary napkin, the nighttime sanitary napkin is divided into four in the longitudinal direction. The central portion of the divided region of the second portion from the front side (the belly side of the user) in the width direction and the longitudinal direction. The distribution pattern of the hemagglutinating agent in the cell-containing agglutinating agent region in the planar direction and the distribution pattern of the liquid film cracking agent in the liquid film-containing cracking agent region in the planar direction are not particularly limited, and any pattern may be employed. Taking the blood-containing agglutinating agent region as an example, for example, when the blood-containing agglutinating agent region is disposed in the packaged chip material as in the menstrual sanitary napkins 10C and 10D described above, the hemagglutinating agent can be continuously attached to the entire surface of the packaged chip material. Or it may be continuously attached only to a part of one side of the packaged chip material. The former form has the advantage of being able to cope with excretion occurring from any position, and the latter form has the advantage of suppressing the decrease in the softness of the sheet due to the adhesion of the hemagglutinating agent. Further, the adhesion pattern of the hemagglutination agent is not limited to the continuous adhesion pattern of the non-adherent portion of the blood-free agglutinating agent, and may be a discontinuous adhesion pattern in which the adhering portion of the hemagglutinating agent and the non-adhering portion are mixed. Examples of the discontinuous adhesion pattern include: 1) a striped pattern in which an attachment portion of a hemagglutinating agent having a linear shape in a plan view is intermittently arranged in a direction orthogonal to a longitudinal direction thereof, and 2) a plurality of mutually intersecting The lattice pattern formed by the adhesion portion of the hemagglutinating agent which is linear in plan view, and the dot pattern in which the adhesion portion of the hemagglutinating agent having a specific shape such as a circular shape is dispersed in plan view. The pattern of the above 1) has an advantage that the excretion liquid can be diffused in the longitudinal direction of the attachment portion of the linear hemagglutinating agent, for example, the longitudinal direction of the attachment portion of the linear hemagglutinating agent and the longitudinal direction of the physiological product (user) Consistent in the front and rear directions, it promotes the diffusion of menstrual blood and other excretory fluids in the longitudinal direction. The patterns of the above 2) and 3) all have the advantage of reducing the redness of the surface due to the accumulation of red blood cell agglomerates, and the pattern of the above 2) further has the advantage of improving the effectiveness of the effect produced by the hemagglutinating agent. Regarding the liquid film-containing cracking agent region, the same agent attachment pattern as the blood cell agglutinating agent-containing region may be used. In the physiological product of the present invention, the area of the blood-containing aggregating agent region may be the same as or different from the area of the liquid-containing film cracking agent region. In terms of large-area contact with blood, the total area of the hemagglutinating agent-containing region in the physiological product is preferably 30 cm.2 Above, more preferably 70 cm2 Above, further preferably 100 cm2 the above. Moreover, the larger the total area of the hemagglutinating agent-containing region in the physiological product, the better, but actually 350 cm.2 the following. In terms of large-area contact with blood, the total area of the liquid film-containing cracker region in the physiological product is preferably 10 cm.2 Above, more preferably 30 cm2 Above, further preferably 50 cm2 the above. Moreover, the larger the total area of the liquid film cracking agent in the menstrual sanitary napkin, the better, but the actual is 350 cm.2 the following. (Analytical method) The method of analyzing a blood cell aggregating agent, a liquid film cracking agent, and a third component from a commercially available physiological product is as follows. First, a physiological device such as a desiccator is used to weaken the hot-melt adhesive of each member, and then decomposed into a member such as a front sheet, an absorbent body, or a back sheet. Then, the decomposed components are subjected to a multi-stage solvent extraction method from a non-polar solvent to a polar solvent, and the solvent is dried to take out a mixture of the measurement targets. After selecting a suitable column and solvent according to the constituents of the extracted material, the components are separated by high performance liquid chromatography, and NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance), IR (infrared spectroscopy), and MS are performed on each component. (mass spectrometry), elemental analysis, etc., thereby identifying the structure of each component. At the same time, the weight of each component was measured. In the case where a polymer compound is contained, the constituent components are more easily identified by a method such as gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In the case where the amount of the constituent component obtained is insufficient to supply each measurement, if the substance is a commercial product, it is purchased, and if it is not a commercial product, a sufficient amount is obtained by synthesis. Therefore, when the obtained component is a cationic polymer or a substance having the above-mentioned (the property of forming agglomerate), it is judged to be a hemagglutinating agent. Further, when the obtained component has a coefficient of expansion of 15 mN/m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m or a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m is more than 0 mN/m Further, in the case where the interfacial tension of the liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m is 20 mN/m or less, or in the case of the above-mentioned substance (the property of dissipating the liquid film), the liquid film cracking agent is judged. Those who are neither a blood agglutinating agent nor a liquid film cracking agent are judged to be the third component. (Measurement of Molecular Weight) The molecular weight of the cationic polymer (hemagglutinating agent) can be measured using HLC-8320GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. The specific measurement conditions are as follows. In the case of a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate, the separation column: the protection column α and the analysis column α-M tandem connector (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.), the solution: in water Dissolved with 150 mmol/L sodium sulfate and 1% by mass acetic acid. Solvent flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Injection amount: 100 μL Separation column temperature: 40 ° C Contains water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate Separation of the column other than the copolymer: the protection column α and the analysis column α-M tandem connector (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Dissolving solution: dissolved in ethanol: water = 3:7 (volume ratio) 50 Methanol/L lithium bromide and 1% by mass acetic acid solvent flow rate: 0.6 ml/min Injection amount: 100 μL Separation column temperature: 40 ° C The detector is RI (refractive index). As a measurement sample, 1 mg of the cationic polymer to be measured was dissolved in 1 mL of the elution solution. As a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate, amylopectin having a molecular weight of 5,900, amylopectin having a molecular weight of 47,300, amylopectin having a molecular weight of 212,000, and amylopectin having a molecular weight of 788,000 are used. Each 2.5 mg of the amylopectin mixture obtained by dissolving 10 mL of the eluate was used as a molecular weight standard. For the copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate, a polyethylene glycol (PEG) having a molecular weight of 106, a PEG having a molecular weight of 400, a PEG having a molecular weight of 1,470, a PEG having a molecular weight of 6,450, and a molecular weight of 5 are used. A PEG-PEO mixture obtained by dissolving 10 mg of PEO, a molecular weight of 235,000 PEO, and a molecular weight of 875,000 PEO dissolved in 20 mL of a solution was used as a molecular weight standard. The measurement of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound other than the cationic polymer was carried out by using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) "CCPD" (trade name, manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.). The measurement conditions are as follows. Further, the calculation of the converted molecular weight is based on polystyrene. Separation column: GMHHR-H+GMHHR-H (cation) Dissolution: L Farmin DM20/CHCl3 Solvent flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Separation column temperature: 40 ° C (water solubility) In this specification, the term "water solubility" refers to blood cells. The mass of the aggregating agent or liquid film cracking agent that can be dissolved in 100 g of deionized water. In the present specification, "water-soluble" means a water solubility of 10 g or more. In a temperature range of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%, 100 g of deionized water was stirred by a stirrer, and the compound to be measured was slowly dissolved, and the degree of dissolution was visually observed, and the compound was no longer used. The amount of dissolution of the compound at the time point of dissolution, that is, the point at which any of suspension, precipitation, precipitation, and cloudiness can be visually confirmed, is defined as water solubility. Specifically, the measurement was carried out in such a manner that 0.0001 g of the agent was added each time. As a result, it was observed that 0.0001 g of the insoluble matter was recorded as "less than 0.0001 g", and 0.0001 g of the soluble but 0.0002 g of the insoluble matter was observed as "0.0001 g". In the case where the compound to be measured is a surfactant, the term "dissolved" means both monodisperse dissolution and dispersive dissolution of the micelle, and the amount of dissolution at the time of suspension or precipitation, precipitation, and white turbidity is observed. For water solubility. (Manufacturing Method) The blood cell aggregating agent-containing region and the liquid-containing film cracking agent region may be previously composed of the above-mentioned respective components or the above-mentioned synthetic fibers, or a pulp fiber or a superabsorbent polymer constituting the absorbent body. After the solution of the agent is impregnated, a menstrual sanitary napkin is produced to form. In addition, the non-woven fabric may be obtained after the synthetic fiber is not woven, or the pulp fiber may be formed into an absorbent core material or a packaged core material, and the absorbent core material or the packaged core material may be coated with the respective components or included. A method of solution of the above agents. Examples of the solution include a solution obtained by diluting a hemagglutinating agent or a liquid membrane cracking agent with a solvent (hereinafter, this solution is also referred to as a solution). Further, the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant may be mixed in a solution containing a liquid film cracking agent. The content ratio of the liquid film cracking agent to the phosphate type anionic surfactant in this case is preferably as described above. As the solvent, those which can be appropriately dissolved or dispersed in a solvent to facilitate coating can be used without particular limitation. For example, as a person who dissolves the hemagglutination agent, an alcohol such as ethanol or methanol or water may be mentioned. When the liquid film cracking agent is dissolved, an organic solvent such as ethanol, methanol, acetone, or hexane can be used, or when the emulsion is prepared, water can be used as a solvent or a dispersion medium, for example, when it is emulsified. Examples of the emulsifier to be used include various surfactants such as an alkyl phosphate, a fatty acid decylamine, an alkylbetaine, and an alkylsulfosuccinate. A solvent which dissolves a hemagglutinating agent and a liquid film cracking agent at the same time is a mixed solvent of water and an alcohol. As a method of attaching the hemagglutinating agent and the liquid film cracking agent to the surface of the constituent material, various methods generally used can be employed without particular limitation. For example, application by a sprayer, application by a slit coater, immersion, etc. are mentioned. When the agents are applied to a nonwoven fabric, the treatment may be carried out on the fibers before the webization, or may be carried out after the fibers are netized by various methods. Further, when the agents are applied to an absorbent body, the treatment may be performed on a fluff pulp or an absorbent polymer before being shaped into an absorbent body, or may be applied to an absorbent core after being shaped into an absorbent body. Material or packaged chip material. Further, it is carried out by using a solution of the agent in which the agent is dissolved in a solvent, or an emulsion or dispersion of the agents. In this case, the constituent material to which the agents are adhered on the surface is preferably dried by, for example, a hot air blow dryer, at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point or the ignition point of the constituent material (for example, 120 ° C or lower). The physiological product of the present invention is not limited to menstrual sanitary napkins, and can be applied to sanitary pads and the like as long as there are other physiological products that may absorb blood. In the above embodiment, the present invention further discloses the following aspects. <1> A physiological article comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the surfaces, and the absorbent body or A blood cell aggregating agent containing a hemagglutinating agent and a liquid film cracking agent containing a liquid film cracking agent are disposed on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body. <2> The physiological product according to the above <1>, wherein the hemagglutinating agent is a cationic polymer. <3> The physiological product according to the above <1> or <2> wherein the liquid film cracking agent has a coefficient of expansion of 15 mN/m or more with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. <4> A physiological article comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the surfaces, and the absorbent body or A cationic polymer-containing region containing a cationic polymer and a compound-containing region containing the following compound C1 are disposed on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body. [Compound C1] A compound having a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of 15 mN/m or more. (5) The physiological product according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 has a coefficient of expansion of 15 mN/m or more with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. Preferably, it is 20 mN/m or more, more preferably 25 mN/m or more, further preferably 30 mN/m or more, and further, 50 mN/m or less. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY and YXY. A compound of one structure. Structure X represents >C(A)-<C represents a carbon atom. Also, <, >, and - indicate a bond key. The same as the following >, -C (A)2 -, -C(A)(B)-, >C(A)-C(R1 )<,>C(R1 )-, -C(R1 )(R2 )-, -C(R1 )2 -,>C<, and -Si(R1 )2 O-, -Si(R1 )(R2 Any one of the basic structures of O- is repeated or two or more of the structures are combined to form a hemosiloxane chain, or a mixed chain thereof. Having at the end of structure X is selected from a hydrogen atom, or -C(A)3 , -C(A)2 B, -C(A)(B)2 , -C(A)2 -C(R1 )3 , -C(R1 )2 A, -C (R1 )3 , or -OSi(R1 )3 , -OSi(R1 )2 (R2 ), -Si(R1 )3 , -Si(R1 )2 (R2 At least one of the group consisting of. Above R1 Or R2 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group or a halogen atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In structure X R1 , R2 When there are a plurality of cases in which each of A and B is present, the mutually different ones may be the same or different. Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom and having hydrophilicity. In the case where Y is plural, it may be the same or different from each other. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 is an organically modified polyfluorene oxide, and the organic modification is selected from an amine group modification. , epoxy modification, carboxyl modification, diol modification, methanol (carbinol) modification, (meth) propylene sulfhydryl modification, sulfhydryl modification, phenol modification, polyether modification (including polyoxyalkylene) One or more of a base modification, a methylstyryl modification, a long-chain alkyl modification, a higher fatty acid ester modification, a higher alkoxy modification, a higher fatty acid modification, or a fluorine modification. The physiological product of any one of the above-mentioned [1] to [6], wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 is a polyoxyalkylene group represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV] Modified polyfluorene. [Chem. 21][化22][化23][Chem. 24]<9> The physiological product according to the above <1> or <2>, wherein the liquid film cracking agent has a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of more than 0 mN/m, and the liquid film cracking agent is on the surface The interfacial tension of a liquid having a tension of 50 mN/m is 20 mN/m or less. <10> A physiological product comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the surfaces, and the absorbent body or A cationic polymer-containing region containing a cationic polymer and a compound-containing region containing the following compound C2 are disposed on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body. [Compound C2] A compound having a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of more than 0 mN/m and an interfacial tension of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of 20 mN/m or less. <11> The physiological product according to the above <1>, <2>, <9> or <10> wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 has a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m or more. mN/m is preferably 9 mN/m or more, more preferably 10 mN/m or more, further preferably 15 mN/m or more, and further 50 mN/m or less. The physiological product according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 comprises a structure selected from the following structures Z, ZY and A compound of at least one structure of the group consisting of YZY. Structure Z represents >C(A)-<C: carbon atom>, -C(A)2 -, -C(A)(B)-, >C(A)-C(R3 )<,>C(R3 )-, -C(R3 )(R4 )-, -C(R3 )2 - a hydrocarbon chain of a structure in which any of the basic structures of >C< is repeated or two or more are combined. Having at the end of the structure Z is selected from a hydrogen atom, or -C(A)3 , -C(A)2 B, -C(A)(B)2 , -C(A)2 -C(R3 )3 , -C(R3 )2 A, -C (R3 )3 At least one of the group consisting of. Above R3 Or R4 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a combination of such a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. Y represents a hydrophilic group containing an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom and having hydrophilicity. In the case where Y is plural, it may be the same or different from each other. The physiological product according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 is selected from the following formula [V]. Any of polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ethers represented by any of them, or polyoxyalkylene glycols, stearyl ethers, hawthorns having a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 or more represented by the following formula [VI] One or more of an alcohol polyether, PPG myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether or PPG behenyl ether. [化25][Chem. 26]The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C2 is selected from the group consisting of the following formula [VII] A fatty acid, a glycerin fatty acid ester or a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [VIII-I] or [VIII-II], the following formula [IX], the following formula [X] or the following formula [XI] A glycerol fatty acid ester, a sorbitan fatty acid ester, or a partial esterified product of a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of the following formulas, wherein the sterol represented by the following formula [XII] is represented by the following formula [XIII] One or more of the alcohol, the fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [XIV], or the wax represented by the following formula [XV]. [化27][化28][化29][化30][化31][化32][化33][化34][化35][化36]The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a melting point of preferably 40 ° C or lower, more preferably 35 ° C or lower. Further, it is preferably -220 ° C or higher, more preferably - 180 ° C or higher. The physiological product of any one of the above-mentioned <1> to <15> wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a water solubility of 0 g or more, preferably 1.0 × 10-9 More than g, in addition, it is 0.025 g or less, preferably 0.0017 g or less, more preferably less than 0.0001 g. The physiological product according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a good interfacial tension to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. It is 20 mN/m or less, more preferably 17 mN/m or less, further preferably 13 mN/m or less, more preferably 10 mN/m or less, further preferably 9 mN/m or less, and most preferably 1 mN. Below /m, again, greater than 0 mN/m. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a surface tension of preferably 32 mN/m or less, more preferably It is 30 mN/m or less, more preferably 25 mN/m or less, particularly preferably 22 mN/m or less, and more preferably 1 mN/m or more. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid film cracking agent or the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a weight average molecular weight of preferably 500 or more, more preferably 1,000 or more. Further, it is preferably 1,500 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, further preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, still more preferably 10,000 or less. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the hemagglutinating agent or the cationic polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a fourth-order Ammonium salt polycondensate. The physiological product of any one of the above-mentioned <1> to <20> wherein the weight average molecular weight of the hemagglutinating agent or the cationic polymer is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more. It is preferably 30,000 or more, more preferably 10,000,000 or less, still more preferably 5,000,000 or less, and still more preferably 3,000,000 or less. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the hemagglutinating agent or the cationic polymer comprises a structure having a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain, and a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer having a repeating unit represented by the following formula 1, or a repeating unit represented by the following formula 1 and having a structure having a main chain and a side chain bonded to the main chain; In the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer of the repeating unit represented by Formula 2, the main chain of the hemagglutinating agent or the cationic polymer is bonded to the side chain at one point, and the side chain has a quaternary ammonium moiety. [化37][化38]The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the hemagglutinating agent or the cationic polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer having a flow potential of 1500 μeq/L or more A water-soluble cationic polymer of a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the blood globulin aggregating agent or the cationic polymer has an aggregation rate of 0.75 mPa·s/s or less. The physiological product according to any one of the above-mentioned <1>, wherein the hemagglutinating agent or the cationic polymer has an inorganic value/organicity as a ratio of an inorganic value to an organic value. The value of the value is 0.6 or more and 4.6 or less, and the hemagglutinating agent or the cationic polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the absorbent body comprises a superabsorbent polymer. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the absorbent body has a fiber accumulation body in which a fluff pulp and a superabsorbent polymer are mixed. The physiological product of the above-mentioned <26> or <27>, wherein the hemagglutinating agent-containing region or the cationic polymer-containing region, the liquid film cracking agent region or the compound-containing region are disposed above The superabsorbent polymer rests on the skin side of the skin. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the blood-containing aggregating agent region or the cationic polymer-containing region is disposed on the non-skinned surface of the front sheet. Junction side. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid-containing membrane cracking agent region or the compound-containing region is disposed in the hemoglobin-containing aggregating agent region or the cationic substance-containing region. The polymer area is closer to the skin side than the skin side. The physiological product according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the liquid-containing film-cracking agent region or the compound-containing region and the blood-containing agglutinating agent region or the cationic polymer-containing region are Overlapping in the plane direction. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the liquid-containing film cracking agent region or the compound-containing region is disposed on the front sheet. The physiological product according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the absorbent body has an absorbent core material and a core material covering the absorbent core material. <34> The physiological product according to the above-mentioned item, wherein the blood-containing aggregating agent region or the cationic polymer-containing region is disposed on the packaged core material on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent core member. The physiological product according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the blood-containing aggregating agent region or the cationic polymer-containing region and the liquid film cracking agent region or the compound-containing region are One or both of them are disposed in the excretory opening abutment region of the above physiological product. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of Examples, but the present invention is not limited to the Examples. Further, the expansion coefficient, the interfacial tension, the surface tension, and the water solubility were measured in an environmental region having a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity (RH) of 65% as described above. The flow potential and IOB value of the hemagglutinating agent in the following examples, and the surface tension, water solubility and interfacial tension of the liquid film cracking agent are measured or calculated by the above-described measuring method or calculation method. Further, "-" in the following table means an agent not indicated by the item name, a value equivalent to the item, and the like. The ratio of the OPU of the liquid film cracking agent to the fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric as a whole. [Example 1] A menstrual sanitary napkin having the same constitution as that of the menstrual napkin 10 shown in Fig. 5 was produced according to a conventional method. Specifically, for the commercially available menstrual sanitary napkin ("LAURIER HADA-KIREI Guard daily-use general-purpose wing type" produced by Kao Co., Ltd. in 2015), the dryer is used to weaken the hot-melt adhesive of each member. The front sheet, the back sheet, and the absorbent body which were taken out by decomposition were used. This absorption system is obtained by coating an absorbent core material containing a mixed fiber mixture of a fluff pulp and a superabsorbent polymer (hereinafter also referred to as an absorber X). Applying diallyldimethylammonium chloride (Merquat 100, manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd.) to the entire packaged chip material (skin side package chip) on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body X (hereinafter also After the agent A) is used as a hemagglutinating agent, a polyoxyethylene (POE)-modified dimethyl polyfluorene (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KF-6015) (hereinafter also referred to as the agent G) is applied as a liquid. Membrane cracking agent. The specific coating method for the two doses is reported below. In this way, the skin-side pack of the skin facing the skin is superimposed with the blood cell agglutinating agent and the liquid film cracking agent, and the absorbent sheet X is superposed on the opposite surface of the skin, and pressure is applied to integrate the two. The menstrual sanitary napkin of Example 1 was obtained by superimposing the back sheet on the non-skin opposing surface of the absorbent body X. The coating method of the agent A in Example 1 is as follows. The agent A was dissolved in the solvent ethanol to prepare a 0.06 mass% diluent as a coating liquid, and the coating liquid was applied to the skin contact surface of the skin side-packaged core material of the absorber X by a sprayer, and then the solvent was applied. dry. The coating method of the agent G in Example 1 is as follows. The agent G is dissolved in the solvent ethanol, and a diluent of 0.06 mass% of the active ingredient of the liquid film cracking agent is prepared as a coating liquid, and the coating is applied to the entire skin contact surface of the skin-side cladding material of the absorber X by a sprayer. The cloth is liquid, after which the solvent is dried. Regarding the agent G, the X in the above structure X-Y contains -Si(CH)3 )2 O-dimethyl fluorene chain, Y contains -(C2 H4 O)-POE chain, the terminal group of the POE chain is methyl (CH3 The modification rate is 20%, and the polyoxyethylene addition molar number is 3. Further, when measuring the expansion coefficient and interfacial tension of the polyoxyethylene (POE)-modified dimethyl polyfluorene, the "liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m" is a micropipette (ACURA825, Socorex Isba SA). The company manufactures 3.75 μL of polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd., trade name RHEODOL SUPER TW-L120) as a nonionic interface active material in 100 g of deionized water. The tension was adjusted to a solution of 50 ± 1 mN/m. [Example 2] The menstrual sanitary napkin of Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the coating liquid of the liquid film cracking agent was applied to the front sheet without the coated core material (absorber). . [Examples 3 to 7] Menstrual sanitary napkins of Examples 3 to 7 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the hemagglutination agent was changed to the following agents B to F.・Agent B (Example 3): diallyldimethylammonium chloride (manufactured by Nittobo Medical Co., Ltd., PAS-H-5L) ・Agent C (Example 4): Polymethacryloxyloxy B Dimethylammonium diethyl sulfate (diethyl sulfate of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate is dissolved in ethanol as a solvent, and 2, 2' as an oil-soluble azo initiator) is added. Azobis(2-methylpropionamidine)dihydrochloride (2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) dihydrochloride) (V-65B manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Co., Ltd.) and heated to polymerize it. To obtain a water-soluble quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer)) Agent D (Example 5): polymethacryloxyethyl dimethyl ammonium diethyl sulfate / dimethyl acrylamide copolymer ( The former/the latter = 56:44 molar ratio using diethyl methacrylate dimethylamine sulfate and dimethyl methacrylate, dissolved in ethanol as a solvent, added as oil-soluble 2,2'-Azobis(2-methylpropionamidine)dihydrochloride (V-65B manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is an azo initiator, is heated and copolymerized to obtain Soluble quaternary ammonium salt copolymer) • Agent E (Example 6): Polymethacryloxyethyltrimethylammonium sulfate (manufactured by SENKA) • Agent F (Example 7): Polymethyl Acryloxyethyltrimethylammonium methyl hydrochloride (dissolving a chlorinated methyl salt of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate in ethanol as a solvent, and adding as an oil-soluble azo initiator) 2,2'-Azobis(2-methylpropionamidine)dihydrochloride (V-65B manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Co., Ltd.) and heated to obtain a water-soluble quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer) [Example 8 ～9] The menstrual sanitary napkins of Examples 8 to 9 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the liquid film cracking agent was changed to the following agents H to I.・Agent H (Example 8): Polyoxypropylene (POP) alkyl ether (manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd., antifoaming agent No. 8) ・Agent I (Example 9): Trioctanoic acid/octanoic acid glyceride (Kao shares) Co., Ltd., COCONARD MT) [Example 10] For the commercially available menstrual sanitary napkins ("Laurier Slim Guard Daily Enhanced Wings Type 25 cm" produced by Kao Co., Ltd. in 2015), the dryer was used to The hot-melt adhesive of each member was weakened, and each of the front sheet, the back sheet, and the absorber which were taken out by decomposition was used. In the absorption system, an absorbent core material obtained by laminating five sheets of a superabsorbent polymer sandwiched between two crepe paper sheets (hereinafter also referred to as an absorbent body Y) is coated with a core material. The menstrual sanitary napkin of Example 10 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above. [Reference Example 1] The menstrual sanitary napkin of Reference Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the liquid film cracking agent was not applied. [Reference Example 2] The menstrual sanitary napkin of Reference Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the hemagglutination agent was not applied. [Reference Example 3] The menstrual sanitary napkin of Reference Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10 except that the liquid film cracking agent was not applied. [Reference Example 4] The menstrual sanitary napkin of Reference Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10 except that the hemagglutination agent was not applied. [Comparative Example 1] A commercially available menstrual sanitary napkin ("LAURIER HADA-KIREI Guard Daily Airfoil Type" manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd. in 2015) itself, that is, a blood cell agglutinating agent and containing no liquid The menstrual sanitary napkin of the membrane cracking agent was used as the menstrual sanitary napkin of Comparative Example 1. With respect to the above examples, reference examples, and comparative examples, the amount of liquid return, the diffusion area, and the surface whiteness (L value) were evaluated by the following methods, respectively. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5 below. <Evaluation method of the amount of liquid returning> The menstrual sanitary napkin to be evaluated is placed in a flat shape, and placed horizontally with the skin facing side (front sheet side) facing upward, and the inner diameter of the cylinder is 22 mm.The acrylic resin cylinder with a cylinder height of 50 mm is located at 10 mm.The acrylic resin liquid-filled sheet integrally formed in the liquid injection opening portion is located at the center of the discharge portion of the excretion portion in the skin facing surface (front sheet side) of the menstrual napkin. The method is stacked on the sanitary napkin, and the weight (including the liquid injection plate itself) is appropriately placed to adjust the load to 5 g/m.2 . Weigh 3 g of the above simulated blood into a 10 cc injection beaker. The blood was quickly injected into the tube of the above-mentioned liquid-filling plate at a time, and then left for 3 minutes, and then 3 g was again injected, and the menstrual napkin was placed in this state for 3 minutes. Immediately thereafter, 10 pieces of weighted absorbent paper (Advantec 5A, 55 mm) were placed in the blood-filled part of the sanitary napkin.The weight of the rectangular parallelepiped having a weight of 960 g was allowed to stand for 10 seconds, and the amount of blood (g) absorbed by the absorbent paper was calculated from the weight of the absorbent paper after 10 seconds. Three measurements were taken and the average value was taken as the amount of liquid returning from the menstrual period. The smaller the value of the liquid return amount, the more excellent the absorption performance of the menstrual sanitary napkin. <Evaluation method of the diffusion area> The surface sheet of the menstrual period after the above-mentioned <reporting amount evaluation method> is removed, and the OHP is superposed on the skin contact surface side and the non-skin contact surface side of the absorber, respectively. Sheet (KOKUYO Co., Ltd., regenerated OHP film, A4 size, VF-1300N transparent), depicting the wetting range. Thereafter, the OHP sheet was read by a scanner, and taken into an image software (manufactured by Nippon Roper Co., Ltd., Image-Pro 6.2J) to calculate the area. The measurement was performed three times, and the average value was taken as each diffusion area. The ratio of the diffusion area on the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent body to the diffusion area on the skin contact surface side of the absorbent body was calculated (the latter/the former). When the ratio exceeds 1, the diffusion area on the non-skin contact surface side is larger than the diffusion area on the skin contact surface side, meaning that the blood (the above-mentioned simulated blood) is in the absorbent body from the skin contact surface side. When it moves to the non-skin contact surface side, it spreads in the planar direction, and when the ratio exceeds 1, it becomes larger, which means that the diffusion is promoted. Further, when the diffusion of the blood is promoted, the user who sees the skin contact surface side of the physiological product after use has a blood and non-skin contact surface side remaining on the skin contact surface side. The ratio is relatively small, so it may be related to the reliance on the absorption performance of the physiological product, and the sense of security may also be related to the improvement of the surface whiteness after use. That is, the larger the above ratio, the higher the evaluation. <Evaluation method of surface whiteness (L value)> For the menstrual sanitary napkin after the above-mentioned <reporting amount evaluation method>, a color difference meter was placed on the front sheet (Manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd., SPECTRO) PHOTOMETER NF333) was measured from the injection site of blood (the above simulated blood). The measurement was performed 3 times, and the average value was taken as the L value. The larger the L value, the more excellent the surface whiteness after use. [Table 2] [table 3] [Table 4] [table 5] As shown in Tables 2 to 4, in Examples 1 to 9, since the two agents of the hemagglutinating agent and the liquid film cracking agent were contained, the amount of liquid returned was 1/10 or less of Comparative Example 1. Since the two examples of the blood cell agglutinating agent and the liquid film cracking agent are contained in the first embodiment, the liquid return amount is 1/5 or less and the L value is larger than the reference example 1 as compared with the reference example 1 and the reference example 2 containing only one dose. Excellent whiteness. Further, in Examples 2 to 9, since the front sheet had a liquid film cracking agent, the L value was larger than that of Comparative Example 1 or Reference Example 1, and the whiteness was extremely excellent. Further, as shown in Table 5, Example 10 in which the absorbent body was changed from the absorbent body X to the absorbent body Y and containing the hemagglutinating agent and the liquid film cracking agent was compared with Reference Example 3 containing only one dose and reference. In Example 4, the amount of liquid return is small, and the L value is a large value. [Industrial Applicability] The physiological product of the present invention has a small amount of liquid return, and is excellent in surface whiteness after use.

1‧‧‧經血
2‧‧‧液體成分
3‧‧‧非液體成分
4‧‧‧高吸收性聚合物
5‧‧‧被膜
6‧‧‧凝集塊
7‧‧‧纖維
8‧‧‧液膜
9‧‧‧液膜開裂劑
10‧‧‧經期衛生棉
X‧‧‧縱方向
Y‧‧‧橫方向
20‧‧‧正面片材
20A‧‧‧肌膚抵接面(第1面)
20B‧‧‧非肌膚抵接面(第2面)
21‧‧‧凸部
22‧‧‧凹部
30‧‧‧背面片材
40‧‧‧吸收體
41‧‧‧吸收性芯材
42‧‧‧包芯片材
50‧‧‧端封部
60‧‧‧防漏溝
70‧‧‧側片材1‧‧‧menstrual blood
2‧‧‧ liquid ingredients
3‧‧‧Non-liquid ingredients
4‧‧‧Highly absorbable polymer
5‧‧‧film
6‧‧‧ agglutination block
7‧‧‧Fiber
8‧‧‧ liquid film
9‧‧‧ Liquid film cracking agent
10‧‧‧Periodical sanitary napkins
X‧‧‧ longitudinal direction
Y‧‧‧ horizontal direction
20‧‧‧Front sheet
20A‧‧‧Skin contact surface (1st side)
20B‧‧‧Non-skin contact surface (2nd side)
21‧‧‧ convex
22‧‧‧ recess
30‧‧‧Back sheet
40‧‧‧ absorber
41‧‧‧Absorbent core
42‧‧‧Package
50‧‧‧End seals
60‧‧‧ leak prevention ditch
70‧‧‧ side sheet

圖1係表示本發明之生理用品中之經血之吸收機構的模式圖。 圖2(a)及圖2(b)係表示先前之生理用品中之經血之吸收機構的模式圖。 圖3係表示不織布之纖維間之間隙處所形成之液膜的模式圖。 圖4係本發明之利用液膜開裂劑而實現之液膜之開裂過程之說明圖，(A1)～(A4)係逐漸開裂之液膜之模式側視圖，(B1)～(B4)係自同液膜之上方所見之模式立體圖。 圖5係模式性地表示本發明之生理用品之一實施形態之經期衛生棉之肌膚抵接面的俯視圖。 圖6係模式性地表示圖5之I-I線剖面的橫剖視圖。 圖7係僅表示圖5所示之經期衛生棉之正面片材的立體圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a menstrual blood absorption mechanism in the physiological article of the present invention. Fig. 2 (a) and Fig. 2 (b) are schematic views showing the absorption mechanism of menstrual blood in the prior art article. Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing a liquid film formed at a gap between fibers of a nonwoven fabric. Fig. 4 is an explanatory view showing a cracking process of a liquid film by a liquid film cracking agent of the present invention, wherein (A1) to (A4) are mode side views of a liquid film which is gradually cracked, and (B1) to (B4) are A stereoscopic view of the pattern seen above the liquid film. Fig. 5 is a plan view schematically showing a skin contact surface of a menstrual napkin of an embodiment of the physiological product of the present invention. Fig. 6 is a transverse cross-sectional view schematically showing a cross section taken along line I-I of Fig. 5. Fig. 7 is a perspective view showing only the front sheet of the menstrual napkin shown in Fig. 5.

1‧‧‧經血 1‧‧‧menstrual blood

2‧‧‧液體成分 2‧‧‧ liquid ingredients

3‧‧‧非液體成分 3‧‧‧Non-liquid ingredients

4‧‧‧高吸收性聚合物 4‧‧‧Highly absorbable polymer

5‧‧‧被膜 5‧‧‧film

Claims (10)

一種生理用品，其係具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體者，且 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有血球凝集劑之含血球凝集劑區域、與 含有液膜開裂劑之含液膜開裂劑區域。A physiological product comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the absorbent body or the absorbent body The body is further provided with a hemagglutinating agent-containing region containing a hemagglutinating agent and a liquid film-cracking agent-containing region containing a liquid film cracking agent. 如請求項1之生理用品，其中上述血球凝集劑為陽離子性聚合物。The physiological article of claim 1, wherein the hemagglutinating agent is a cationic polymer. 如請求項1之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上。The physiological product of claim 1, wherein the liquid film cracking agent has a coefficient of expansion of 15 mN/m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. 一種生理用品，其係具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體者，且 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有陽離子性聚合物之含陽離子性聚合物區域、與 含有下述化合物C1之含化合物區域， [化合物C1] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數為15 mN/m以上的化合物。A physiological product comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the absorbent body or the absorbent body The body is further provided with a cationic polymer-containing region containing a cationic polymer and a compound-containing region containing the following compound C1, and [Compound C1] is a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. A compound having a coefficient of expansion of 15 mN/m or more. 如請求項1之生理用品，其中上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m，且 上述液膜開裂劑對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下。The physiological product of claim 1, wherein the liquid film cracking agent has a coefficient of expansion of a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m of more than 0 mN/m, and the liquid film cracking agent has a surface tension of 50 mN/m. The interfacial tension is 20 mN/m or less. 一種生理用品，其係具有位於肌膚抵接面側之正面片材、位於非肌膚抵接面側之背面片材、及夾於該等間之吸收體者，且 於上述吸收體或較上述吸收體更靠肌膚抵接面側配設有 含有陽離子性聚合物之含陽離子性聚合物區域、與 含有下述化合物C2之含化合物區域， [化合物C2] 對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之擴張係數大於0 mN/m、且對表面張力為50 mN/m之液體之界面張力為20 mN/m以下的化合物。A physiological product comprising a front sheet on the skin contact surface side, a back sheet on the non-skin contact surface side, and an absorbent body sandwiched between the absorbent body or the absorbent body The body is further provided with a cationic polymer-containing region containing a cationic polymer and a compound-containing region containing the following compound C2, and [Compound C2] is a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. A compound having an expansion coefficient of more than 0 mN/m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN/m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN/m. 如請求項1之生理用品，其中上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域係配設於較上述正面片材更靠非肌膚抵接面側。The physiological article according to claim 1, wherein the blood cell aggregating agent-containing region or the cationic polymer-containing region is disposed on the non-skin contact surface side of the front sheet. 如請求項1之生理用品，其中上述含液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域係配設於較上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域更靠肌膚抵接面側。The physiological product according to claim 1, wherein the liquid-containing film cracking agent region or the compound-containing region is disposed on the skin contact surface side of the blood cell aggregating agent region or the cationic polymer-containing region. 如請求項1之生理用品，其中上述含液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域與上述含血球凝集劑區域或上述含陽離子性聚合物區域於平面方向上重疊。The physiological article according to claim 1, wherein the liquid film-containing cracker region or the compound-containing region overlaps with the hemagglutinating agent-containing region or the cationic polymer-containing region in a planar direction. 如請求項1之生理用品，其中上述含液膜開裂劑區域或上述含化合物區域係配設於上述正面片材。The physiological article of claim 1, wherein the liquid film-containing cracker region or the compound-containing region is disposed on the front sheet.
TW106113384A 2016-06-03 2017-04-21 Physiological supplies TWI663966B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016111622 2016-06-03
JP??2016-111622 2016-06-03

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201742607A true TW201742607A (en) 2017-12-16
TWI663966B TWI663966B (en) 2019-07-01

Family

ID=60479330

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106113384A TWI663966B (en) 2016-06-03 2017-04-21 Physiological supplies

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6262904B2 (en)
CN (1) CN109219425B (en)
TW (1) TWI663966B (en)
WO (1) WO2017208664A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5258129A (en) * 1987-12-02 1993-11-02 Takemoto Yushi Kabushiki Kaisha Fluid-permeable agent for non-woven sheets of polyolefin fibers and method of application thereof
US6350711B1 (en) * 1998-10-30 2002-02-26 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article with fluid treatment agent
US6387495B1 (en) * 1999-04-16 2002-05-14 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Superabsorbent-containing composites
WO2002059214A1 (en) * 2001-01-26 2002-08-01 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Water absorbing agent and method for production thereof, and water absorbing article
CA2620203C (en) * 2005-08-22 2013-11-05 Quick-Med Technologies Inc. Method of attaching an antimicrobial cationic polyelectrolyte to the surface of a substrate
WO2013047888A1 (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Unicharm Corporation Absorbent article
JP6128790B2 (en) * 2012-10-15 2017-05-17 株式会社リブドゥコーポレーション Absorbent articles

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6262904B2 (en) 2018-01-17
TWI663966B (en) 2019-07-01
WO2017208664A1 (en) 2017-12-07
JP2017217455A (en) 2017-12-14
CN109219425A (en) 2019-01-15
CN109219425B (en) 2021-07-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI688643B (en) Use of compound for liquid film cracking, use of fiber treatment agent for imparting liquid film cracking properties to fibers, nonwoven fabric, uneven nonwoven fabric, and absorbent articles
TWI707670B (en) Laminated non-woven fabric
TW201332530A (en) Absorbent article
CN108778208B (en) Absorbent article
RU2696708C1 (en) Non-woven material
TWI763865B (en) Absorbent article, manufacturing method of nonwoven fabric for front sheet of absorbent article, and manufacturing method of absorbent article
TW201742607A (en) Sanitary product
JP6329670B2 (en) Non-woven
RU2744857C1 (en) Absorbent product
JP6228629B1 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6996875B2 (en) Non-woven fabric
JP6996876B2 (en) Non-woven fabric
JP6744134B2 (en) Absorbent article
TW201801696A (en) Absorbent article
JP2019097931A (en) Nonwoven fabric
JP6329991B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP2017217464A (en) Absorbent article
TWI673072B (en) Hemagglutination fiber
JP2017217451A (en) Absorbent article
JP2017217070A (en) Sanitary absorbent article

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees